1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44 #include <algorithm> 45 #include <cstring> 46 #include <functional> 47 using namespace clang; 48 using namespace sema; 49 50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57 } 58 59 namespace { 60 61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81 }; 82 83 } 84 85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119 } 120 121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122 /// return the declaration of that type. 123 /// 124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129 /// 130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131 /// and then return NULL. 132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347 } 348 349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371 } 372 373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377 /// @code 378 /// template<class T> class A { 379 /// public: 380 /// typedef int TYPE; 381 /// }; 382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383 /// public: 384 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385 /// }; 386 /// @endcode 387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399 } 400 401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498 } 499 500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501 /// or 502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515 } 516 517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569 } 570 571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584 } 585 586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618 Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880 } 881 882 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910 } 911 912 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917 } 918 919 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924 } 925 926 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928 /// 929 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948 #ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952 #endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956 } 957 958 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969 } 970 971 972 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997 } 998 999 1000 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006 } 1007 1008 1009 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011 /// 1012 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017 /// attribute. 1018 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028 } 1029 1030 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090 } 1091 1092 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095 } 1096 1097 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101 } 1102 1103 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112 } 1113 1114 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139 } 1140 1141 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145 } 1146 1147 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155 } 1156 1157 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158 /// @code 1159 /// class S { 1160 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162 /// }; 1163 /// @endcode 1164 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175 } 1176 1177 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230 } 1231 1232 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250 } 1251 1252 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311 } 1312 1313 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324 } 1325 1326 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344 } 1345 1346 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352 } 1353 1354 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380 } 1381 1382 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384 } 1385 1386 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389 } 1390 1391 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392 /// 1393 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395 /// to the fixed name. 1396 /// 1397 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398 /// 1399 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1401 /// 1402 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403 /// class could not be found. 1404 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433 } 1434 1435 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439 /// ill-formed in C++: 1440 /// @code 1441 /// struct S6 { 1442 /// enum { BAR } e; 1443 /// }; 1444 /// 1445 /// void test_S6() { 1446 /// struct S6 a; 1447 /// a.e = BAR; 1448 /// } 1449 /// @endcode 1450 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457 /// contain non-field names. 1458 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465 } 1466 1467 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1468 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1469 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1470 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1471 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1472 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1473 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1474 return; 1475 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1476 1477 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1478 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1479 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1480 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1481 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1482 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1483 } 1484 1485 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1486 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1487 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1488 /// built-in. 1489 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1490 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1491 SourceLocation Loc) { 1492 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1493 1494 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1495 1496 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1497 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1498 switch (Error) { 1499 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1500 // Okay 1501 break; 1502 1503 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1504 if (ForRedeclaration) 1505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1506 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1507 return 0; 1508 1509 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1510 if (ForRedeclaration) 1511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 return 0; 1514 1515 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1516 if (ForRedeclaration) 1517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1518 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1519 return 0; 1520 } 1521 1522 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1523 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1524 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1525 << R; 1526 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1527 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1528 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1529 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1530 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 } 1533 1534 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1535 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1536 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1537 SC_Extern, 1538 SC_None, false, 1539 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1540 New->setImplicit(); 1541 1542 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1543 // FunctionDecl. 1544 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1545 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1547 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1548 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1549 SourceLocation(), 0, 1550 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1551 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1552 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1553 Params.push_back(parm); 1554 } 1555 New->setParams(Params); 1556 } 1557 1558 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1559 1560 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1561 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1562 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1563 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1564 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1565 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1566 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1567 CurContext = SavedContext; 1568 return New; 1569 } 1570 1571 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1572 QualType OldType; 1573 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1574 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1575 else 1576 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1577 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1578 1579 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1580 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1581 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1582 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1583 << Kind << NewType; 1584 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1585 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1586 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1587 return true; 1588 } 1589 1590 if (OldType != NewType && 1591 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1592 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1593 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1594 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1595 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1596 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1597 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1598 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1599 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1600 return true; 1601 } 1602 return false; 1603 } 1604 1605 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1606 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1607 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1608 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1609 /// 1610 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1611 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1612 // merging checks. 1613 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1614 1615 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1616 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1617 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1618 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1619 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1620 default: break; 1621 case 2: 1622 { 1623 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1624 break; 1625 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1626 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1627 break; 1628 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1629 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1630 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1631 break; 1632 } 1633 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1634 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1635 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1636 return; 1637 } 1638 case 5: 1639 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1640 break; 1641 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1642 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1643 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1644 return; 1645 case 3: 1646 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1647 break; 1648 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1649 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1650 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1651 return; 1652 } 1653 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1654 } 1655 1656 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1657 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1658 if (!Old) { 1659 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1660 << New->getDeclName(); 1661 1662 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1663 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1664 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1665 1666 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1667 } 1668 1669 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1670 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1671 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1672 1673 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1674 // with any extensions enabled. 1675 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1676 return; 1677 1678 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1679 // declaration was a typedef. 1680 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1681 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1682 1683 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1684 return; 1685 1686 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1687 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1688 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1689 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1690 // to the type to which it already refers. 1691 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1692 return; 1693 1694 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1695 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1696 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1697 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1698 // 1699 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1700 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1701 // 1702 // struct S { 1703 // typedef struct A { } A; 1704 // }; 1705 // 1706 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1707 // allow the above but disallow 1708 // 1709 // struct S { 1710 // typedef int I; 1711 // typedef int I; 1712 // }; 1713 // 1714 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1715 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1716 return; 1717 1718 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1719 << New->getDeclName(); 1720 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1721 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1722 } 1723 1724 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1725 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1726 return; 1727 1728 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1729 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1730 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1731 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1732 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1733 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1734 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1735 return; 1736 1737 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1738 << New->getDeclName(); 1739 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1740 return; 1741 } 1742 1743 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1744 /// attribute. 1745 static bool 1746 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1747 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1748 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1749 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1750 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1751 if (AA) 1752 return false; 1753 1754 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1755 switch (A->getKind()) { 1756 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1757 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1758 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1759 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1760 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1761 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1762 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1763 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1764 case attr::GuardedBy: 1765 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1766 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1767 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1768 return false; 1769 default: 1770 ; 1771 } 1772 1773 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1774 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1775 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1776 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1777 if (Ann) { 1778 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1779 return true; 1780 continue; 1781 } 1782 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1783 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1784 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1785 return true; 1786 } 1787 1788 return false; 1789 } 1790 1791 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1792 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1793 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1794 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1795 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1796 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1797 AA->getMessage()); 1798 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) { 1799 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1800 if (NewAttr) { 1801 NamedDecl *ND = cast<NamedDecl>(D); 1802 ND->ClearLVCache(); 1803 } 1804 } else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1805 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1806 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1807 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1808 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1809 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1810 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1811 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1812 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1813 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1814 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1815 1816 if (NewAttr) { 1817 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1818 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1819 return true; 1820 } 1821 1822 return false; 1823 } 1824 1825 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1826 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1827 return TD->getDefinition(); 1828 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1829 return VD->getDefinition(); 1830 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1831 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1832 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1833 return Def; 1834 } 1835 return NULL; 1836 } 1837 1838 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1839 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1840 I != E; ++I) { 1841 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1842 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1843 return true; 1844 } 1845 return false; 1846 } 1847 1848 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1849 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1850 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1851 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1852 return; 1853 1854 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1855 if (!Def || Def == New) 1856 return; 1857 1858 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1859 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1860 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1861 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1862 ++I; 1863 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1864 } 1865 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1866 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1867 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1868 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1869 --E; 1870 } 1871 } 1872 1873 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1874 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1875 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1876 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1877 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1878 1879 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1880 return; 1881 1882 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1883 1884 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1885 // we process them. 1886 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1887 1888 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1889 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1890 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1891 i != e; ++i) { 1892 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1893 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1894 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1895 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1896 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1897 continue; 1898 1899 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1900 foundAny = true; 1901 } 1902 1903 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1904 } 1905 1906 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1907 /// to the new one. 1908 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1909 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1910 ASTContext &C) { 1911 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1912 return; 1913 1914 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1915 1916 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1917 // done before we process them. 1918 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1919 1920 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1921 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1922 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1923 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1924 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1925 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1926 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1927 foundAny = true; 1928 } 1929 } 1930 1931 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1932 } 1933 1934 namespace { 1935 1936 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1937 /// C. 1938 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1939 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1940 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1941 QualType PromotedType; 1942 }; 1943 1944 } 1945 1946 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1947 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1948 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1949 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1950 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1951 1952 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1953 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1954 1955 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1956 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1957 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1958 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1959 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1960 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1961 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1962 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1963 } 1964 1965 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1966 } 1967 1968 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1969 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1970 /// GNU89 mode. 1971 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1972 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1973 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1974 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1975 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1976 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1977 } 1978 1979 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 1980 /// declaration? 1981 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 1982 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 1983 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 1984 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 1985 } else { 1986 // Free C function or a static method. 1987 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 1988 } 1989 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 1990 } 1991 1992 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1993 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1994 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1995 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1996 /// 1997 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1998 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1999 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2000 /// merged with. 2001 /// 2002 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2003 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2004 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2005 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2006 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2007 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2008 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2009 else 2010 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2011 if (!Old) { 2012 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2013 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2014 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2015 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2016 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2017 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2018 return true; 2019 } 2020 2021 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2022 << New->getDeclName(); 2023 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2024 return true; 2025 } 2026 2027 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2028 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2029 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2030 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2031 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2032 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2033 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2034 else 2035 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2036 2037 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2038 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2039 2040 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2041 // is an extern inline function. 2042 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2043 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2044 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2045 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2046 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2047 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2048 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2049 } else { 2050 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2051 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2052 return true; 2053 } 2054 } 2055 2056 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2057 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2058 // calling convention of the first. 2059 // 2060 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2061 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2062 // 2063 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2064 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2065 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2066 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2067 // because it is the default calling convention. 2068 // 2069 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2070 // other tests to run. 2071 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2072 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2073 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2074 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2075 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2076 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2077 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2078 2079 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2080 // there but not here. 2081 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2082 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2083 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2084 2085 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2086 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2087 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2088 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2089 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2090 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2091 2092 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2093 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2094 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2095 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2096 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2097 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2098 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2099 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2100 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2101 return true; 2102 } 2103 2104 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2105 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2106 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2107 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2108 } 2109 2110 // Merge regparm attribute. 2111 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2112 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2113 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2114 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2115 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2116 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2117 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2118 return true; 2119 } 2120 2121 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2122 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2123 } 2124 2125 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2126 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2127 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2128 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2129 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2130 return true; 2131 } 2132 2133 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2134 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2135 } 2136 2137 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2138 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2139 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2140 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2141 } 2142 2143 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2144 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2145 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2146 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2147 // cannot be overloaded. 2148 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2149 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2150 QualType ResQT; 2151 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2152 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2153 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2154 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2155 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2156 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2157 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2158 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2159 else 2160 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2161 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2162 return true; 2163 } 2164 else 2165 NewQType = ResQT; 2166 } 2167 2168 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2169 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2170 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2171 // Preserve triviality. 2172 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2173 2174 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2175 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2176 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2177 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2178 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2179 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2180 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2181 2182 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2183 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2184 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2185 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2186 // is a static member function declaration. 2187 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2188 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2189 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2190 return true; 2191 } 2192 2193 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2194 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2195 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2196 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2197 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2198 unsigned NewDiag; 2199 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2200 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2201 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2202 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2203 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2204 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2205 else 2206 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2207 2208 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2209 } else { 2210 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2211 << New << New->getType(); 2212 } 2213 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2214 2215 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2216 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2217 // 2218 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2219 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2220 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2221 if (isFriend) { 2222 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2223 } else { 2224 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2225 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2226 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2227 return true; 2228 } 2229 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2230 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2231 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2232 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2233 return true; 2234 } 2235 } 2236 2237 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2238 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2239 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2240 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2241 2242 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2243 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2244 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2245 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2246 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2247 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2248 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2249 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2250 } 2251 2252 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2253 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2254 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2255 return true; 2256 } 2257 2258 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2259 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2260 2261 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2262 } 2263 2264 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2265 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2266 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2267 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2268 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2269 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2270 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2271 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2272 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2273 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2274 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2275 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2276 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2277 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2278 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2279 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2280 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2281 New->setType(NewQType); 2282 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2283 2284 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2285 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2286 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2287 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2288 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2289 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2290 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2291 SourceLocation(), 2292 SourceLocation(), 0, 2293 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2294 SC_None, SC_None, 2295 0); 2296 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2297 Param->setImplicit(); 2298 Params.push_back(Param); 2299 } 2300 2301 New->setParams(Params); 2302 } 2303 2304 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2305 } 2306 2307 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2308 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2309 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2310 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2311 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2312 // the prototype. 2313 // 2314 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2315 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2316 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2317 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2318 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2319 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2320 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2321 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2322 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2323 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2324 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2325 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2326 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2327 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2328 2329 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2330 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2331 NewProto->getResultType()); 2332 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2333 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2334 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2335 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2336 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2337 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2338 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2339 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2340 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2341 NewParm->getType(), 2342 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2343 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2344 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2345 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2346 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2347 } else 2348 LooseCompatible = false; 2349 } 2350 2351 if (LooseCompatible) { 2352 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2353 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2354 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2355 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2356 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2357 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2358 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2359 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2360 } 2361 2362 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2363 ArgTypes.size(), 2364 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2365 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2366 } 2367 2368 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2369 } 2370 2371 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2372 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2373 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2374 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2375 // signature. 2376 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2377 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2378 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2379 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2380 // library built-in. 2381 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2382 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2383 << Old << Old->getType(); 2384 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2385 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2386 return false; 2387 } 2388 2389 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2390 } 2391 2392 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2393 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2394 return true; 2395 } 2396 2397 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2398 /// known to be compatible. 2399 /// 2400 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2401 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2402 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2403 /// redeclaration of Old. 2404 /// 2405 /// \returns false 2406 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2407 Scope *S) { 2408 // Merge the attributes 2409 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2410 2411 // Merge the storage class. 2412 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2413 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2414 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2415 2416 // Merge "pure" flag. 2417 if (Old->isPure()) 2418 New->setPure(); 2419 2420 // Merge "used" flag. 2421 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2422 New->setUsed(); 2423 2424 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2425 // declarations. 2426 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2427 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2428 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2429 Context); 2430 2431 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2432 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2433 2434 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2435 // and argument types. 2436 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2437 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2438 New->setType(Merged); 2439 2440 return false; 2441 } 2442 2443 2444 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2445 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2446 2447 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2448 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2449 2450 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2451 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2452 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2453 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2454 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2455 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2456 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2457 2458 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2459 } 2460 2461 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2462 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2463 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2464 /// 2465 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2466 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2467 /// is attached. 2468 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2469 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2470 return; 2471 2472 QualType MergedT; 2473 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2474 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2475 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2476 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2477 return; 2478 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2479 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2480 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2481 } 2482 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2483 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2484 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2485 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2486 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2487 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2488 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2489 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2490 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2491 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2492 NewArray->getElementType())) 2493 MergedT = New->getType(); 2494 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2495 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2496 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2497 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2498 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2499 NewArray->getElementType())) 2500 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2501 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2502 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2503 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2504 Old->getType()); 2505 } 2506 } else { 2507 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2508 } 2509 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2510 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2511 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2512 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2513 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2514 } 2515 New->setType(MergedT); 2516 } 2517 2518 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2519 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2520 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2521 /// 2522 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2523 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2524 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2525 /// 2526 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2527 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2528 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2529 return; 2530 2531 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2532 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2533 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2534 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2535 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2536 << New->getDeclName(); 2537 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2538 diag::note_previous_definition); 2539 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2540 } 2541 2542 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2543 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2544 // 2545 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2546 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2547 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2548 << New->getIdentifier(); 2549 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2550 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2551 } 2552 2553 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2554 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2555 // declaration 2556 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2557 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2558 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2559 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2560 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2561 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2562 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2563 } 2564 2565 // Merge the types. 2566 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2567 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2568 return; 2569 2570 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2571 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2572 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2573 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2574 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2575 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2576 } 2577 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2578 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2579 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2580 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2581 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2582 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2583 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2584 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2585 // identifier has external linkage. 2586 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2587 /* Okay */; 2588 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2589 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2590 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2591 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2592 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2593 } 2594 2595 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2596 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2597 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2598 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2599 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2600 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2601 } 2602 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2603 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2604 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2605 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2606 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2607 } 2608 2609 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2610 2611 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2612 // need to check for mismatches. 2613 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2614 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2615 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2616 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2618 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2619 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2620 } 2621 2622 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2623 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2624 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2625 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2626 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2627 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2628 } 2629 2630 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2631 const VarDecl *Def; 2632 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2633 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2634 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2635 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2636 << New->getDeclName(); 2637 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2638 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2639 return; 2640 } 2641 2642 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2643 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2644 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2645 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2646 return; 2647 } 2648 2649 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2650 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2651 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2652 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2653 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2654 // specified at the prior declaration. 2655 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2656 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2657 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) 2658 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2659 2660 // Merge "used" flag. 2661 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2662 New->setUsed(); 2663 2664 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2665 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2666 2667 // Inherit access appropriately. 2668 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2669 } 2670 2671 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2672 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2673 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2674 DeclSpec &DS) { 2675 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2676 } 2677 2678 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2679 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2680 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2681 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2682 DeclSpec &DS, 2683 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2684 Decl *TagD = 0; 2685 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2686 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2687 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2688 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2689 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2690 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2691 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2692 2693 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2694 return 0; 2695 2696 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2697 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2698 // it's a Type. 2699 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2700 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2701 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2702 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2703 } 2704 2705 if (Tag) { 2706 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2707 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2708 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2709 return Tag; 2710 } 2711 2712 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2713 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2714 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2715 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2716 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2717 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2718 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2719 } 2720 2721 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2722 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2723 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2724 if (Tag) 2725 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2726 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2727 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2728 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2729 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2730 else 2731 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2732 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2733 return TagD; 2734 } 2735 2736 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2737 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2738 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2739 if (TagD && !Tag) 2740 return 0; 2741 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2742 } 2743 2744 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2745 // declarators. 2746 bool emittedWarning = false; 2747 2748 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2749 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2750 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2751 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2752 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2753 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2754 2755 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2756 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2757 emittedWarning = true; 2758 } 2759 } 2760 2761 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2762 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2763 CurContext->isRecord() && 2764 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2765 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2766 // struct STRUCT; 2767 // and 2768 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2769 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2770 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2771 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2772 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2773 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2774 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2775 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2776 } 2777 } 2778 2779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2780 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2781 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2782 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2783 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2784 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2785 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2786 emittedWarning = true; 2787 } 2788 2789 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2790 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2791 2792 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2793 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2794 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2795 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2796 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2797 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2798 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2799 return Tag; 2800 } 2801 2802 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2803 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2804 emittedWarning = true; 2805 } 2806 2807 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2808 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2809 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2810 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2811 return TagD; 2812 2813 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2814 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2815 // useless. 2816 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2817 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2818 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2819 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2820 2821 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2822 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2823 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2824 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2825 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2826 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2827 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2828 // Restrict is covered above. 2829 } 2830 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2831 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2832 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2833 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2834 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2835 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2836 2837 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2838 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2839 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2840 << Tag->getTagKind() 2841 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2842 2843 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2844 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2845 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2846 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2847 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2848 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2849 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2850 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2851 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2852 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2853 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2854 while (attrs) { 2855 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2856 << attrs->getName() 2857 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2858 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2859 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2860 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2861 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2862 } 2863 } 2864 } 2865 2866 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2867 2868 return TagD; 2869 } 2870 2871 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2872 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2873 /// 2874 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2875 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2876 Scope *S, 2877 DeclContext *Owner, 2878 DeclarationName Name, 2879 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2880 unsigned diagnostic) { 2881 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2882 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2883 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2884 2885 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2886 return false; 2887 2888 // Pick a representative declaration. 2889 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2890 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2891 2892 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2893 return false; 2894 2895 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2896 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2897 2898 return true; 2899 } 2900 2901 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2902 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2903 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2904 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2905 /// struct, e.g., 2906 /// 2907 /// @code 2908 /// union { 2909 /// int i; 2910 /// float f; 2911 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2912 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2913 /// @endcode 2914 /// 2915 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2916 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2917 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2918 DeclContext *Owner, 2919 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2920 AccessSpecifier AS, 2921 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2922 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2923 unsigned diagKind 2924 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2925 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2926 2927 bool Invalid = false; 2928 2929 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2930 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2931 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2932 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2933 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2934 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2935 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2936 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2937 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2938 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2939 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2940 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2941 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2942 Invalid = true; 2943 } else { 2944 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2945 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2946 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2947 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2948 // anonymous union is declared. 2949 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2950 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2951 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2952 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2953 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2954 else 2955 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2956 2957 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2958 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2959 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2960 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2961 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2962 2963 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2964 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2965 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2966 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2967 2968 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2969 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2970 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2971 2972 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2973 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2974 2975 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2976 } 2977 } 2978 } 2979 2980 return Invalid; 2981 } 2982 2983 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2984 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2985 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2986 static StorageClass 2987 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2988 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2989 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2990 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2991 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2992 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2993 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2994 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2995 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2996 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2997 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2998 } 2999 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3000 } 3001 3002 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3003 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3004 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3005 static StorageClass 3006 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3007 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3008 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3009 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3010 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3011 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3012 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3013 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 3014 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3015 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 3016 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3017 } 3018 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3019 } 3020 3021 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3022 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3023 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3024 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3025 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3026 AccessSpecifier AS, 3027 RecordDecl *Record) { 3028 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3029 3030 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3031 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3032 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3033 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3034 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3035 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3036 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3037 3038 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3039 // structs/unions. 3040 bool Invalid = false; 3041 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3042 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3043 unsigned DiagID; 3044 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3045 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3046 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3047 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3048 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3049 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3050 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3051 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3052 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3053 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3054 3055 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3056 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3057 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3058 } 3059 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3060 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3061 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3062 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3063 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3064 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3065 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3066 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3067 3068 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3069 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3070 SourceLocation(), 3071 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3072 } 3073 } 3074 3075 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3076 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3077 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3078 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3079 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3080 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3081 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3082 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3083 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3084 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3085 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3086 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3087 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3088 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3089 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3090 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3091 3092 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3093 } 3094 3095 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3096 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3097 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3098 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3099 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3100 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3101 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3102 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3103 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3104 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3105 // members (clause 11). 3106 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3107 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3108 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3109 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3110 Invalid = true; 3111 } 3112 3113 // C++ [class.union]p1 3114 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3115 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3116 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3117 // array of such objects. 3118 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3119 Invalid = true; 3120 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3121 // Any implicit members are fine. 3122 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3123 // This is a type that showed up in an 3124 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3125 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3126 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3127 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3128 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3129 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3130 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3131 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3132 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3133 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3134 else { 3135 // This is a nested type declaration. 3136 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3137 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3138 Invalid = true; 3139 } 3140 } 3141 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3142 // Any access specifier is fine. 3143 } else { 3144 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3145 // member. Complain about it. 3146 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3147 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3148 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3149 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3150 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3151 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3152 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3153 3154 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3155 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3156 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3157 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3158 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3159 else { 3160 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3161 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3162 Invalid = true; 3163 } 3164 } 3165 } 3166 } 3167 3168 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3169 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3170 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3171 Invalid = true; 3172 } 3173 3174 // Mock up a declarator. 3175 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3176 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3177 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3178 3179 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3180 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3181 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3182 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3183 DS.getLocStart(), 3184 Record->getLocation(), 3185 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3186 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3187 TInfo, 3188 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3189 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3190 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3191 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3192 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3193 } else { 3194 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3195 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3196 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3197 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3198 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3199 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3200 // an error here 3201 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3202 Invalid = true; 3203 SC = SC_None; 3204 } 3205 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3206 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3207 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3208 3209 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3210 DS.getLocStart(), 3211 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3212 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3213 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3214 3215 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3216 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3217 // initializer: 3218 // union { int n = 0; }; 3219 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3220 } 3221 Anon->setImplicit(); 3222 3223 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3224 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3225 // its members. 3226 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3227 3228 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3229 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3230 // purposes. 3231 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3232 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3233 3234 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3235 Chain, false)) 3236 Invalid = true; 3237 3238 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3239 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3240 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3241 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3242 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3243 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3244 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3245 3246 if (Invalid) 3247 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3248 3249 return Anon; 3250 } 3251 3252 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3253 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3254 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3255 /// Example: 3256 /// 3257 /// struct A { int a; }; 3258 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3259 /// 3260 /// void foo() { 3261 /// B var; 3262 /// var.a = 3; 3263 /// } 3264 /// 3265 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3266 RecordDecl *Record) { 3267 3268 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3269 if (!Record) 3270 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3271 3272 // Mock up a declarator. 3273 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3274 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3275 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3276 3277 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3278 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3279 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3280 DS.getLocStart(), 3281 DS.getLocStart(), 3282 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3283 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3284 TInfo, 3285 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3286 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3287 Anon->setImplicit(); 3288 3289 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3290 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3291 3292 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3293 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3294 // purposes. 3295 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3296 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3297 3298 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3299 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3300 RecordDef, AS_none, 3301 Chain, true)) 3302 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3303 3304 return Anon; 3305 } 3306 3307 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3308 /// given Declarator. 3309 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3310 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3311 } 3312 3313 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3314 DeclarationNameInfo 3315 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3316 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3317 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3318 3319 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3320 3321 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3322 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3323 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3324 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3325 return NameInfo; 3326 3327 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3328 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3329 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3330 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3331 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3332 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3333 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3334 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3335 return NameInfo; 3336 3337 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3338 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3339 Name.Identifier)); 3340 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3341 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3342 return NameInfo; 3343 3344 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3345 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3346 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3347 if (Ty.isNull()) 3348 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3349 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3350 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3351 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3352 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3353 return NameInfo; 3354 } 3355 3356 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3357 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3358 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3359 if (Ty.isNull()) 3360 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3361 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3362 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3363 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3364 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3365 return NameInfo; 3366 } 3367 3368 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3369 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3370 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3371 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3372 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3373 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3374 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3375 3376 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3377 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3378 3379 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3380 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3381 // was qualified. 3382 3383 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3384 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3385 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3386 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3387 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3388 return NameInfo; 3389 } 3390 3391 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3392 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3393 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3394 if (Ty.isNull()) 3395 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3396 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3397 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3398 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3399 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3400 return NameInfo; 3401 } 3402 3403 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3404 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3405 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3406 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3407 } 3408 3409 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3410 3411 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3412 } 3413 3414 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3415 do { 3416 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3417 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3418 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3419 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3420 else 3421 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3422 } while (true); 3423 } 3424 3425 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3426 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3427 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3428 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3429 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3430 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3431 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3432 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3433 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3434 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3435 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3436 Params.clear(); 3437 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3438 return false; 3439 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3440 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3441 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3442 3443 // The parameter types are identical 3444 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3445 continue; 3446 3447 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3448 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3449 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3450 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3451 3452 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3453 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3454 Params.push_back(Idx); 3455 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3456 return false; 3457 } 3458 3459 return true; 3460 } 3461 3462 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3463 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3464 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3465 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3466 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3467 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3468 DeclarationName Name) { 3469 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3470 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3471 // - types which will become injected class names 3472 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3473 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3474 // few cases here. 3475 3476 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3477 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3478 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3479 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3480 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3481 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3482 // Grab the type from the parser. 3483 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3484 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3485 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3486 3487 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3488 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3489 // attached already. 3490 if (!TSI) 3491 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3492 3493 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3494 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3495 if (!TSI) return true; 3496 3497 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3498 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3499 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3500 break; 3501 } 3502 3503 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3504 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3505 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3506 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3507 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3508 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3509 break; 3510 } 3511 3512 default: 3513 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3514 break; 3515 } 3516 3517 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3518 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3519 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3520 3521 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3522 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3523 // pointer. 3524 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3525 continue; 3526 3527 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3528 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3529 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3530 return true; 3531 } 3532 3533 return false; 3534 } 3535 3536 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3537 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3538 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3539 3540 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3541 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3542 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3543 3544 return Dcl; 3545 } 3546 3547 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3548 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3549 /// name different from T: 3550 /// - every static data member of class T; 3551 /// - every member function of class T 3552 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3553 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3554 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3555 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3556 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3557 3558 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3559 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3560 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3561 return true; 3562 } 3563 3564 return false; 3565 } 3566 3567 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3568 /// nested-name-specifier. 3569 /// 3570 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3571 /// 3572 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3573 /// resolves. 3574 /// 3575 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3576 /// 3577 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3578 /// 3579 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3580 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3581 DeclarationName Name, 3582 SourceLocation Loc) { 3583 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3584 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3585 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3586 3587 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3588 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3589 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3590 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3591 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3592 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3593 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3594 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3595 3596 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3597 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3598 // 3599 // class X { 3600 // void X::f(); 3601 // }; 3602 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3603 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3604 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3605 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3606 SS.clear(); 3607 return false; 3608 } 3609 3610 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3611 // declaration. 3612 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3613 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3614 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3615 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3616 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3617 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3618 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3619 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3620 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3621 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3622 else 3623 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3624 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3625 3626 return true; 3627 } 3628 3629 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3630 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3631 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3632 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3633 SS.clear(); 3634 3635 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3636 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3637 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3638 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3639 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3640 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3641 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3642 return true; 3643 3644 return false; 3645 } 3646 3647 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3648 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3649 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3650 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3651 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3652 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3653 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3654 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3655 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3656 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3657 3658 return false; 3659 } 3660 3661 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3662 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3663 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3664 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3665 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3666 3667 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3668 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3669 if (!Name) { 3670 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3671 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3672 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3673 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3674 return 0; 3675 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3676 return 0; 3677 3678 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3679 // we find one that is. 3680 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3681 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3682 S = S->getParent(); 3683 3684 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3685 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3686 D.setInvalidType(); 3687 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3688 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3689 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3690 return 0; 3691 3692 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3693 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3694 if (!DC) { 3695 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3696 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3697 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3698 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3699 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3700 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3701 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3702 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3703 return 0; 3704 } 3705 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3706 3707 if (!IsDependentContext && 3708 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3709 return 0; 3710 3711 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3712 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3713 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3714 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3715 D.setInvalidType(); 3716 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3717 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3718 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3719 if (DC->isRecord()) 3720 return 0; 3721 3722 D.setInvalidType(); 3723 } 3724 } 3725 3726 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3727 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3728 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3729 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3730 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3731 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3732 D.setInvalidType(); 3733 } 3734 } 3735 3736 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3737 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3738 // Just return early; it's safer. 3739 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3740 return 0; 3741 3742 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3743 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3744 3745 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3746 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3747 D.setInvalidType(); 3748 3749 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3750 ForRedeclaration); 3751 3752 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3753 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3754 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3755 3756 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3757 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3758 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3759 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3760 /* Do nothing*/; 3761 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3762 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3763 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3764 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3765 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3766 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3767 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3768 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3769 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3770 3771 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3772 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3773 3774 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3775 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3776 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3777 3778 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3779 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3780 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3781 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3782 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3783 // thereof; [...] 3784 // 3785 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3786 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3787 // we want to match. For example, given: 3788 // 3789 // class X { 3790 // void f(); 3791 // void f(float); 3792 // }; 3793 // 3794 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3795 // 3796 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3797 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3798 // matches. 3799 3800 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3801 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3802 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3803 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3804 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3805 } 3806 3807 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3808 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3809 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3810 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3811 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3812 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3813 3814 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3815 Previous.clear(); 3816 } 3817 3818 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3819 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3820 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3821 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3822 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3823 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3824 Previous.clear(); 3825 3826 NamedDecl *New; 3827 3828 bool AddToScope = true; 3829 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3830 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3831 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3832 return 0; 3833 } 3834 3835 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3836 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3837 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3838 TemplateParamLists, 3839 AddToScope); 3840 } else { 3841 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3842 TemplateParamLists); 3843 } 3844 3845 if (New == 0) 3846 return 0; 3847 3848 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3849 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3850 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3851 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3852 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3853 3854 return New; 3855 } 3856 3857 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3858 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3859 /// GCC compatibility). 3860 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3861 ASTContext &Context, 3862 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3863 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3864 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3865 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3866 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3867 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3868 SizeIsNegative = false; 3869 Oversized = 0; 3870 3871 if (T->isDependentType()) 3872 return QualType(); 3873 3874 QualifierCollector Qs; 3875 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3876 3877 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3878 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3879 QualType FixedType = 3880 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3881 Oversized); 3882 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3883 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3884 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3885 } 3886 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3887 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3888 QualType FixedType = 3889 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3890 Oversized); 3891 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3892 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3893 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3894 } 3895 3896 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3897 if (!VLATy) 3898 return QualType(); 3899 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3900 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3901 return QualType(); 3902 3903 llvm::APSInt Res; 3904 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3905 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3906 return QualType(); 3907 3908 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3909 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3910 SizeIsNegative = true; 3911 return QualType(); 3912 } 3913 3914 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3915 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3916 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3917 Res); 3918 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3919 Oversized = Res; 3920 return QualType(); 3921 } 3922 3923 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3924 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3925 } 3926 3927 static void 3928 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 3929 if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3930 PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3931 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(), 3932 DstPTL->getPointeeLoc()); 3933 DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc()); 3934 return; 3935 } 3936 if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3937 ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3938 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(), 3939 DstPTL->getInnerLoc()); 3940 DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc()); 3941 DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc()); 3942 return; 3943 } 3944 ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL); 3945 ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3946 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc(); 3947 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc(); 3948 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 3949 DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc()); 3950 DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr()); 3951 DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc()); 3952 } 3953 3954 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3955 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3956 /// GCC compatibility). 3957 static TypeSourceInfo* 3958 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3959 ASTContext &Context, 3960 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3961 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3962 QualType FixedTy 3963 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 3964 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 3965 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 3966 return 0; 3967 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 3968 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 3969 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 3970 return FixedTInfo; 3971 } 3972 3973 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3974 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3975 void 3976 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3977 const LookupResult &Previous, 3978 Scope *S) { 3979 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3980 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3981 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3982 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3983 3984 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3985 return; 3986 3987 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3988 3989 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3990 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3991 // declaration. 3992 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3993 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3994 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3995 3996 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3997 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3998 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3999 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 4000 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 4001 4002 } else { 4003 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 4004 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 4005 S = S->getParent(); 4006 } 4007 4008 if (S) 4009 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 4010 } 4011 } 4012 4013 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4014 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4015 if (ExternalSource) { 4016 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4017 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4018 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 4019 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4020 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4021 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4022 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4023 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4024 } 4025 } 4026 4027 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 4028 } 4029 4030 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4031 /// does not identify a function. 4032 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 4033 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4034 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4035 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4036 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4037 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4038 4039 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4040 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4041 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4042 4043 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4044 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4045 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4046 } 4047 4048 NamedDecl* 4049 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4050 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4051 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4052 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4053 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4054 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4055 D.setInvalidType(); 4056 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4057 DC = CurContext; 4058 Previous.clear(); 4059 } 4060 4061 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4062 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4063 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4064 } 4065 4066 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4067 4068 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4069 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4070 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4071 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4072 << 1; 4073 4074 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4075 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4076 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4077 return 0; 4078 } 4079 4080 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4081 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4082 4083 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4084 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4085 4086 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4087 4088 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4089 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4090 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4091 return ND; 4092 } 4093 4094 void 4095 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4096 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4097 // then it shall have block scope. 4098 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4099 // that redeclarations will match. 4100 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4101 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4102 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4103 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4104 4105 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4106 bool SizeIsNegative; 4107 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4108 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4109 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4110 SizeIsNegative, 4111 Oversized); 4112 if (FixedTInfo) { 4113 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4114 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4115 } else { 4116 if (SizeIsNegative) 4117 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4118 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4119 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4120 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4121 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4122 << Oversized.toString(10); 4123 else 4124 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4125 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4126 } 4127 } 4128 } 4129 } 4130 4131 4132 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4133 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4134 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4135 NamedDecl* 4136 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4137 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4138 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4139 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4140 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4141 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4142 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4143 Redeclaration = true; 4144 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4145 } 4146 4147 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4148 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4149 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4150 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4151 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4152 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4153 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4154 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4155 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4156 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4157 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4158 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4159 } 4160 4161 return NewTD; 4162 } 4163 4164 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4165 /// previous declaration. 4166 /// 4167 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4168 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4169 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4170 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4171 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4172 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4173 /// 4174 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4175 /// lookup 4176 /// 4177 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4178 /// declared. 4179 /// 4180 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4181 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4182 static bool 4183 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4184 ASTContext &Context) { 4185 if (!PrevDecl) 4186 return false; 4187 4188 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4189 return false; 4190 4191 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4192 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4193 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4194 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4195 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4196 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4197 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4198 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4199 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4200 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4201 return false; 4202 4203 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4204 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4205 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4206 return false; 4207 4208 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4209 // previous declarations. 4210 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4211 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4212 4213 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4214 // isn't the same function. 4215 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4216 return false; 4217 } 4218 4219 return true; 4220 } 4221 4222 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4223 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4224 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4225 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4226 } 4227 4228 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4229 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4230 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4231 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4232 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4233 unsigned kind = -1U; 4234 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4235 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4236 kind = 0; // __block 4237 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4238 kind = 1; // global 4239 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4240 kind = 3; // ivar 4241 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4242 kind = 2; // field 4243 } 4244 4245 if (kind != -1U) { 4246 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4247 << kind; 4248 } 4249 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4250 // Try to infer lifetime. 4251 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4252 return false; 4253 4254 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4255 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4256 decl->setType(type); 4257 } 4258 4259 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4260 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4261 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4262 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4263 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4264 << var->getType(); 4265 return true; 4266 } 4267 } 4268 4269 return false; 4270 } 4271 4272 NamedDecl* 4273 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4274 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4275 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4276 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4277 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4278 4279 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4280 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4281 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4282 4283 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4284 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4285 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4286 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4287 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4288 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4289 // an error here 4290 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4291 D.setInvalidType(); 4292 SC = SC_None; 4293 } 4294 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4295 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4296 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4297 4298 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4299 if (!II) { 4300 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4301 << Name; 4302 return 0; 4303 } 4304 4305 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4306 4307 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4308 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4309 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4310 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4311 4312 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4313 // is a GNU extension. 4314 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4315 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4316 else 4317 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4318 D.setInvalidType(); 4319 } 4320 } 4321 4322 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4323 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4324 // OpenCL __local address space. 4325 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4326 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4327 SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4328 } 4329 } 4330 4331 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4332 VarDecl *NewVD; 4333 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4334 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4335 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4336 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4337 4338 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4339 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4340 } else { 4341 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4342 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4343 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4344 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4345 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4346 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4347 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4348 SC = SC_Static; 4349 } 4350 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4351 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4352 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4353 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4354 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4355 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4356 4357 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4358 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4359 if (RD->isUnion()) 4360 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4361 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4362 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4363 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4364 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4365 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4366 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4367 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4368 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4369 } 4370 } 4371 4372 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4373 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4374 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4375 bool Invalid = false; 4376 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4377 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4378 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4379 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4380 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4381 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4382 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4383 /*never a friend*/ false, 4384 isExplicitSpecialization, 4385 Invalid)) { 4386 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4387 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4388 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4389 << II 4390 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4391 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4392 return 0; 4393 } else { 4394 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4395 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4396 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4397 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4398 << II 4399 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4400 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4401 } 4402 } 4403 4404 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4405 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4406 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4407 4408 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4409 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4410 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4411 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4412 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4413 4414 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4415 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4416 4417 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4418 4419 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4420 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4421 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4422 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4423 } 4424 4425 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4426 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4427 } 4428 4429 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4430 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4431 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4432 4433 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4434 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4435 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4436 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4437 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4438 else 4439 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4440 } 4441 4442 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4443 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4444 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4445 << 2 4446 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4447 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4448 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4449 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4450 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4451 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4452 else 4453 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4454 } 4455 4456 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4457 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4458 4459 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4460 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4461 // storage [duration]." 4462 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4463 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4464 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4465 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4466 NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); 4467 } 4468 } 4469 4470 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4471 // retainable type. 4472 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4473 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4474 4475 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4476 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4477 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4478 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4479 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4480 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4481 switch (SC) { 4482 case SC_None: 4483 case SC_Auto: 4484 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4485 break; 4486 case SC_Register: 4487 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4488 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4489 break; 4490 case SC_Static: 4491 case SC_Extern: 4492 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4493 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4494 break; 4495 } 4496 } 4497 4498 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4499 Context, Label)); 4500 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4501 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4502 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4503 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4504 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4505 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4506 } 4507 } 4508 4509 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4510 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4511 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4512 4513 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4514 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4515 // declaration has linkage). 4516 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4517 isExplicitSpecialization); 4518 4519 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4520 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4521 } else { 4522 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4523 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4524 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4525 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4526 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4527 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4528 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4529 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4530 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4531 Previous.clear(); 4532 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4533 } 4534 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4535 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4536 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4537 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4538 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4539 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4540 } 4541 4542 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4543 4544 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4545 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4546 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4547 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4548 } 4549 4550 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4551 // such variables. 4552 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4553 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4554 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4555 4556 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4557 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4558 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4559 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4560 4561 return NewVD; 4562 } 4563 4564 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4565 /// -Wshadow. 4566 /// 4567 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4568 /// scope. 4569 /// 4570 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4571 /// \param R the lookup of the name 4572 /// 4573 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4574 // Return if warning is ignored. 4575 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4576 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4577 return; 4578 4579 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4580 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4581 return; 4582 4583 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4584 4585 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4586 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4587 return; 4588 4589 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4590 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4591 return; 4592 4593 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4594 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4595 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4596 if (MD->isStatic()) 4597 return; 4598 4599 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4600 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4601 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4602 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4603 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4604 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4605 I != E; ++I) 4606 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4607 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4608 break; 4609 } 4610 } 4611 4612 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4613 4614 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4615 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4616 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4617 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4618 return; 4619 4620 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4621 // static data members from base classes? 4622 4623 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4624 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4625 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4626 } 4627 4628 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4629 unsigned Kind; 4630 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4631 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4632 Kind = 3; // field 4633 else 4634 Kind = 2; // static data member 4635 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4636 Kind = 1; // global 4637 else 4638 Kind = 0; // local 4639 4640 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4641 4642 // Emit warning and note. 4643 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4644 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4645 } 4646 4647 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4648 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4649 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4650 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4651 return; 4652 4653 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4654 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4655 LookupName(R, S); 4656 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4657 } 4658 4659 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4660 /// declaration. 4661 /// 4662 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4663 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4664 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4665 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4666 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 4667 /// 4668 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4669 /// 4670 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4671 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4672 LookupResult &Previous) { 4673 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4674 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4675 return false; 4676 4677 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4678 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4679 4680 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4681 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4682 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4683 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4684 NewVD->setType(T); 4685 } 4686 4687 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4688 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4689 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4690 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4691 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4692 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4693 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4694 return false; 4695 } 4696 4697 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4698 // scope. 4699 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4700 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4701 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4702 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4703 return false; 4704 } 4705 4706 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4707 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4708 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4709 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4710 else { 4711 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4712 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4713 } 4714 } 4715 4716 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4717 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4718 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4719 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4720 4721 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4722 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4723 bool SizeIsNegative; 4724 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4725 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4726 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4727 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4728 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4729 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4730 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4731 // int a[10][n]; 4732 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4733 4734 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4735 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4736 << SizeRange; 4737 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4738 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4739 << SizeRange; 4740 else 4741 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4742 << SizeRange; 4743 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4744 return false; 4745 } 4746 4747 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 4748 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4749 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4750 else 4751 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4752 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4753 return false; 4754 } 4755 4756 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4757 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 4758 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4759 } 4760 4761 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4762 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4763 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4764 // declaration with the same name. 4765 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4766 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4767 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4768 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4769 } 4770 4771 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4772 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4773 << T; 4774 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4775 return false; 4776 } 4777 4778 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4779 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4780 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4781 return false; 4782 } 4783 4784 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4785 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4786 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4787 return false; 4788 } 4789 4790 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4791 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4792 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4793 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4794 return false; 4795 } 4796 4797 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4798 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4799 return true; 4800 } 4801 return false; 4802 } 4803 4804 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4805 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4806 Sema *S; 4807 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4808 }; 4809 4810 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4811 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4812 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4813 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4814 CXXBasePath &Path, 4815 void *UserData) { 4816 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4817 4818 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4819 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4820 4821 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4822 4823 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4824 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4825 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4826 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4827 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4828 4829 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4830 } 4831 4832 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4833 !Path.Decls.empty(); 4834 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 4835 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 4836 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4837 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4838 return true; 4839 } 4840 } 4841 4842 return false; 4843 } 4844 4845 namespace { 4846 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 4847 } 4848 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 4849 /// overriden methods. 4850 /// 4851 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 4852 /// \param MD the overriding method. 4853 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 4854 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4855 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 4856 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 4857 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 4858 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 4859 I != E; ++I) { 4860 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 4861 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 4862 // out the diag loop 3 times. 4863 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 4864 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 4865 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 4866 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4867 } 4868 } 4869 4870 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4871 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4872 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4873 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4874 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4875 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4876 Data.Method = MD; 4877 Data.S = this; 4878 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4879 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4880 bool AddedAny = false; 4881 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4882 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4883 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4884 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4885 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4886 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4887 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 4888 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4889 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4890 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 4891 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 4892 AddedAny = true; 4893 } 4894 } 4895 } 4896 } 4897 4898 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 4899 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 4900 } 4901 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 4902 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 4903 } 4904 4905 return AddedAny; 4906 } 4907 4908 namespace { 4909 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4910 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4911 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4912 Scope *S; 4913 Declarator &D; 4914 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4915 bool AddToScope; 4916 }; 4917 } 4918 4919 namespace { 4920 4921 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4922 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4923 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4924 public: 4925 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4926 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4927 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4928 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4929 4930 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4931 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4932 return false; 4933 4934 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4935 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4936 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4937 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4938 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4939 4940 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4941 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4942 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4943 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4944 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4945 return true; 4946 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4947 return true; 4948 } 4949 } 4950 } 4951 4952 return false; 4953 } 4954 4955 private: 4956 ASTContext &Context; 4957 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4958 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4959 }; 4960 4961 } 4962 4963 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4964 /// 4965 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4966 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4967 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4968 /// the same name. 4969 /// 4970 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4971 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4972 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4973 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4974 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4975 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4976 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4977 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4978 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4979 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4980 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4981 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4982 TypoCorrection Correction; 4983 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4984 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4985 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4986 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4987 4988 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4989 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4990 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4991 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4992 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4993 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 4994 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4995 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4996 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4997 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4998 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4999 if (FD && 5000 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5001 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5002 // involve a parameter 5003 unsigned ParamNum = 5004 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5005 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5006 } 5007 } 5008 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5009 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5010 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5011 Validator, NewDC))) { 5012 // Trap errors. 5013 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5014 5015 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5016 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5017 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5018 Previous.clear(); 5019 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5020 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5021 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5022 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5023 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5024 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5025 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5026 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5027 } 5028 } 5029 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5030 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5031 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5032 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5033 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5034 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5035 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5036 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5037 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5038 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5039 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5040 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5041 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5042 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5043 Previous.clear(); 5044 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5045 Result = NULL; 5046 } else { 5047 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5048 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5049 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5050 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5051 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5052 } 5053 } 5054 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5055 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5056 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5057 } else { 5058 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5059 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5060 } 5061 } 5062 5063 if (Correction) { 5064 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5065 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5066 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5067 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5068 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5069 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5070 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5071 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5072 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5073 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5074 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5075 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5076 } else { 5077 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5078 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5079 } 5080 5081 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5082 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5083 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5084 5085 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5086 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5087 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5088 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5089 bool FDisConst = false; 5090 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5091 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5092 5093 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5094 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5095 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5096 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5097 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5098 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5099 } else if (Correction) { 5100 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5101 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5102 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5103 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5104 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5105 } else 5106 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5107 } 5108 return Result; 5109 } 5110 5111 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5112 Declarator &D) { 5113 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5114 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5115 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5116 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5117 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5118 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5119 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5120 D.setInvalidType(); 5121 break; 5122 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5123 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5124 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5125 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5126 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5127 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5128 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5129 // other than extern 5130 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5131 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5132 diag::err_static_block_func); 5133 break; 5134 } else 5135 return SC_Static; 5136 } 5137 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5138 } 5139 5140 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5141 return SC_None; 5142 } 5143 5144 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5145 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5146 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5147 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5148 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5149 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5150 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5151 5152 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5153 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5154 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5155 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5156 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5157 5158 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5159 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5160 // prototype. This true when: 5161 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5162 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5163 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5164 bool HasPrototype = 5165 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5166 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5167 5168 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5169 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5170 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5171 HasPrototype); 5172 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5173 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5174 5175 // Set the lexical context. 5176 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5177 5178 return NewFD; 5179 } 5180 5181 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5182 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5183 5184 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5185 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5186 // the class has been completely parsed. 5187 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5188 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5189 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5190 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5191 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5192 D.setInvalidType(); 5193 5194 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5195 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5196 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5197 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5198 5199 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5200 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5201 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5202 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5203 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5204 isConstexpr); 5205 5206 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5207 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5208 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5209 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5210 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5211 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5212 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5213 D.getLocStart(), 5214 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5215 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5216 5217 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5218 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5219 // it yet. 5220 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5221 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5222 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5223 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5224 } 5225 5226 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5227 return NewDD; 5228 5229 } else { 5230 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5231 D.setInvalidType(); 5232 5233 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5234 // code path. 5235 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5236 D.getLocStart(), 5237 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5238 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5239 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5240 } 5241 5242 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5243 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5244 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5245 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5246 return 0; 5247 } 5248 5249 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5250 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5251 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5252 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5253 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5254 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5255 5256 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5257 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5258 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5259 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5260 // constructor if it has no return type). 5261 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5262 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5263 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5264 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5265 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5266 return 0; 5267 } 5268 5269 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5270 5271 // [class.free]p1: 5272 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5273 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5274 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5275 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5276 isStatic = true; 5277 5278 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5279 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5280 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5281 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5282 isStatic = true; 5283 5284 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5285 5286 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5287 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5288 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5289 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5290 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5291 5292 } else { 5293 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5294 // prototype. This true when: 5295 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5296 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5297 D.getLocStart(), 5298 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5299 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5300 } 5301 } 5302 5303 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5304 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5305 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5306 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5307 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5308 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5309 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5310 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5311 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5312 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5313 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5314 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5315 << IsTypeAlias; 5316 } 5317 } 5318 5319 NamedDecl* 5320 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5321 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5322 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5323 bool &AddToScope) { 5324 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5325 5326 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5327 5328 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5329 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5330 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5331 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5332 5333 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5334 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5335 5336 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5337 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5338 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5339 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5340 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5341 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5342 5343 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5344 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5345 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5346 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5347 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5348 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5349 } 5350 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5351 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5352 } 5353 5354 bool isFriend = false; 5355 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5356 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5357 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5358 5359 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5360 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5361 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5362 5363 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5364 5365 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5366 isVirtualOkay); 5367 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5368 5369 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5370 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5371 5372 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5373 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5374 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5375 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5376 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5377 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5378 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5379 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5380 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5381 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5382 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5383 } 5384 5385 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5386 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5387 // return true). 5388 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5389 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5390 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5391 NewFD->setPure(true); 5392 } 5393 5394 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5395 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5396 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5397 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5398 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5399 5400 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5401 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5402 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5403 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5404 5405 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5406 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5407 bool Invalid = false; 5408 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5409 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5410 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5411 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5412 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5413 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5414 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5415 isFriend, 5416 isExplicitSpecialization, 5417 Invalid)) { 5418 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5419 // This is a function template 5420 5421 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5422 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5423 return 0; 5424 5425 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5426 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5427 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5428 return 0; 5429 } 5430 5431 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5432 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5433 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5434 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5435 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5436 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5437 Invalid = true; 5438 } 5439 5440 5441 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5442 NewFD->getLocation(), 5443 Name, TemplateParams, 5444 NewFD); 5445 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5446 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5447 5448 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5449 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5450 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5451 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5452 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5453 } 5454 } else { 5455 // This is a function template specialization. 5456 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5457 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5458 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5459 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5460 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5461 5462 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5463 if (isFriend) { 5464 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5465 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5466 5467 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5468 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5469 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5470 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5471 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5472 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5473 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5474 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5475 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5476 } 5477 5478 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5479 << Name << RemoveRange 5480 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5481 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5482 } 5483 } 5484 } 5485 else { 5486 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5487 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5488 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5489 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5490 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5491 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5492 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5493 } 5494 5495 if (Invalid) { 5496 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5497 if (FunctionTemplate) 5498 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5499 } 5500 5501 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5502 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5503 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5504 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5505 // 5506 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5507 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5508 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5509 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5510 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5511 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5512 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5513 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5514 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5515 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5516 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5517 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5518 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5519 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5520 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5521 } else { 5522 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5523 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5524 } 5525 } 5526 5527 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5528 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5529 // declaration. 5530 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5531 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5532 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5533 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5534 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5535 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5536 } 5537 } 5538 5539 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5540 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5541 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5542 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5543 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5544 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5545 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5546 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5547 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5548 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5549 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5550 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5551 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5552 // or conversion function. 5553 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5554 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5555 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5556 } 5557 } 5558 5559 if (isConstexpr) { 5560 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5561 // are implicitly inline. 5562 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5563 5564 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5565 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5566 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5567 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5568 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5569 } 5570 5571 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5572 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5573 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5574 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5575 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5576 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5577 << 0 5578 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5579 } else { 5580 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5581 if (FunctionTemplate) 5582 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5583 } 5584 } 5585 5586 if (isFriend) { 5587 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5588 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5589 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5590 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5591 } 5592 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5593 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5594 } 5595 5596 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5597 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5598 case FDK_Declaration: 5599 case FDK_Definition: 5600 break; 5601 5602 case FDK_Defaulted: 5603 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5604 break; 5605 5606 case FDK_Deleted: 5607 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5608 break; 5609 } 5610 5611 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5612 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5613 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5614 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5615 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5616 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5617 } 5618 5619 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5620 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5621 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5622 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5623 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5624 // the class. 5625 5626 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5627 // member function definition. 5628 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5629 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5630 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5631 } 5632 5633 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5634 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5635 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5636 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5637 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5638 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5639 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5640 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5641 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5642 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5643 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5644 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 5645 } 5646 } 5647 5648 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5649 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5650 isExplicitSpecialization || 5651 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5652 5653 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5654 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5655 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5656 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5657 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5658 SE->getString())); 5659 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5660 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5661 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5662 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5663 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5664 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5665 } 5666 } 5667 5668 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5669 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5670 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5671 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5672 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5673 5674 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5675 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5676 // single void argument. 5677 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5678 // already checks for that case. 5679 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5680 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5681 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5682 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5683 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 5684 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5685 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5686 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5687 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5688 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5689 Params.push_back(Param); 5690 5691 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5692 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5693 } 5694 } 5695 5696 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5697 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5698 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5699 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5700 // 5701 // @code 5702 // typedef void fn(int); 5703 // fn f; 5704 // @endcode 5705 5706 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5707 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5708 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5709 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5710 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5711 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5712 Params.push_back(Param); 5713 } 5714 } else { 5715 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5716 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5717 } 5718 5719 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5720 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5721 5722 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5723 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5724 // 5725 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5726 // 5727 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5728 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5729 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5730 5731 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5732 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5733 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5734 5735 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5736 // because all functions have linkage. 5737 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5738 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5739 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5740 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5741 } 5742 5743 // Handle attributes. 5744 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5745 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5746 5747 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 5748 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 5749 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 5750 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 5751 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 5752 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5753 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 5754 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 5755 Context)); 5756 } 5757 } 5758 5759 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5760 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5761 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5762 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5763 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5764 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5765 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5766 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5767 } 5768 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5769 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5770 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5771 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5772 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5773 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5774 } else { 5775 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5776 // argument list into our AST format. 5777 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5778 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5779 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5780 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5781 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5782 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5783 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5784 TemplateArgs); 5785 5786 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5787 5788 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5789 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5790 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5791 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5792 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5793 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5794 5795 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5796 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5797 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5798 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5799 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5800 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5801 // too few of them). 5802 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5803 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5804 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5805 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5806 "template<> "); 5807 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5808 } else { 5809 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5810 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5811 } 5812 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5813 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5814 // wrote something like: 5815 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5816 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5817 // friend void foo<>(int); 5818 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5819 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5820 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5821 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5822 } 5823 5824 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5825 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5826 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5827 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5828 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5829 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5830 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5831 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5832 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5833 InstantiationDependent))) { 5834 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5835 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5836 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5837 Previous)) 5838 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5839 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5840 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5841 && !isFriend) { 5842 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5843 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5844 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5845 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5846 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5847 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5848 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5849 Previous)) 5850 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5851 5852 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5853 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5854 // specialization (14.7.3) 5855 if (SC != SC_None) { 5856 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5857 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5858 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5859 << SC 5860 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5861 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5862 5863 else 5864 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5865 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5866 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5867 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5868 } 5869 5870 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5871 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5872 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5873 } 5874 5875 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5876 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5877 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5878 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5879 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5880 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5881 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5882 } else { 5883 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5884 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5885 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5886 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5887 } 5888 } 5889 5890 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5891 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5892 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5893 5894 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5895 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5896 : NewFD); 5897 5898 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5899 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5900 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5901 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5902 5903 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5904 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5905 5906 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5907 } 5908 5909 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5910 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5911 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5912 5913 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5914 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5915 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5916 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5917 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5918 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5919 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5920 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5921 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5922 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5923 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5924 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5925 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5926 DC->isDependentContext()) 5927 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5928 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5929 } 5930 5931 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5932 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5933 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5934 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5935 AddToScope }; 5936 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5937 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5938 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5939 5940 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5941 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5942 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5943 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5944 5945 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5946 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5947 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5948 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5949 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5950 // can actually do this check immediately. 5951 if (isFriend && 5952 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5953 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5954 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5955 // ignore these 5956 } else { 5957 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5958 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5959 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5960 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5961 // 5962 // class X { 5963 // void f() const; 5964 // }; 5965 // 5966 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5967 // 5968 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5969 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5970 // whether the parameter types are references). 5971 5972 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5973 NewFD, 5974 ExtraArgs)) { 5975 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5976 return Result; 5977 } 5978 } 5979 5980 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5981 // to something. 5982 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5983 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5984 NewFD, 5985 ExtraArgs)) { 5986 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5987 return Result; 5988 } 5989 } 5990 5991 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5992 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5993 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5994 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5995 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5996 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5997 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5998 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5999 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6000 // generate them. 6001 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6002 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6003 } 6004 } 6005 6006 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6007 6008 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6009 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6010 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6011 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6012 << NewFD; 6013 6014 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6015 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6016 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6017 EPI.Variadic = true; 6018 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6019 6020 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 6021 NewFD->setType(R); 6022 } 6023 6024 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6025 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6026 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 6027 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6028 6029 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6030 // marking the function. 6031 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6032 6033 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6034 // map of such names. 6035 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6036 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6037 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6038 6039 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6040 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6041 6042 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6043 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6044 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6045 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6046 return FunctionTemplate; 6047 } 6048 } 6049 6050 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6051 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6052 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 6053 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6054 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6055 D.setInvalidType(); 6056 } 6057 6058 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6059 6060 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6061 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6062 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6063 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6064 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6065 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6066 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6067 6068 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6069 } 6070 } 6071 6072 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6073 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6074 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6075 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6076 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6077 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6078 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6079 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6080 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6081 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6082 AddToScope = false; 6083 } 6084 6085 return NewFD; 6086 } 6087 6088 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6089 /// 6090 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6091 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6092 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6093 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6094 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6095 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6096 /// via InstantiateDecl). 6097 /// 6098 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6099 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6100 /// 6101 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6102 /// 6103 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6104 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6105 LookupResult &Previous, 6106 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6107 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6108 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6109 6110 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6111 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 6112 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 6113 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 6114 // declaration with the same name. 6115 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6116 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6117 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 6118 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6119 } 6120 6121 bool Redeclaration = false; 6122 6123 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6124 // the same name, if appropriate. 6125 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6126 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6127 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6128 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6129 // function to the scope. 6130 6131 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6132 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6133 Redeclaration = true; 6134 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6135 } else { 6136 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6137 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6138 case Ovl_Match: 6139 Redeclaration = true; 6140 break; 6141 6142 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6143 Redeclaration = true; 6144 break; 6145 6146 case Ovl_Overload: 6147 Redeclaration = false; 6148 break; 6149 } 6150 6151 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6152 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6153 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6154 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6155 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6156 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6157 if (Redeclaration) 6158 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6159 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6160 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6161 if (OverloadedDecl) 6162 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6163 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6164 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6165 Context)); 6166 } 6167 } 6168 6169 if (Redeclaration) { 6170 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6171 // merged. 6172 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6173 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6174 return Redeclaration; 6175 } 6176 6177 Previous.clear(); 6178 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6179 6180 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6181 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6182 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6183 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6184 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6185 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6186 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6187 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6188 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6189 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6190 } 6191 6192 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6193 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6194 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6195 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6196 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6197 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6198 } 6199 6200 } else { 6201 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 6202 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 6203 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6204 } 6205 } 6206 } 6207 6208 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6209 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6210 // C++-specific checks. 6211 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6212 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6213 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6214 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6215 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6216 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6217 6218 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6219 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6220 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6221 DeclarationName Name 6222 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6223 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6224 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6225 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6226 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6227 return Redeclaration; 6228 } 6229 } 6230 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6231 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6232 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6233 } 6234 6235 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6236 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6237 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6238 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6239 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6240 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6241 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6242 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6243 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6244 } 6245 } 6246 } 6247 6248 if (Method->isStatic()) 6249 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6250 } 6251 6252 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6253 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6254 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6255 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6256 return Redeclaration; 6257 } 6258 6259 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6260 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6261 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6262 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6263 return Redeclaration; 6264 } 6265 6266 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6267 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6268 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6269 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6270 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6271 6272 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6273 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6274 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6275 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6276 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6277 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6278 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6279 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6280 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6281 } 6282 } 6283 6284 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6285 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6286 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6287 if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 6288 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6289 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6290 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6291 << NewFD << R; 6292 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6293 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6294 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6295 } 6296 } 6297 return Redeclaration; 6298 } 6299 6300 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6301 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6302 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6303 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6304 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6305 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6306 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6307 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6308 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6309 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6310 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6311 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6312 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6313 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6314 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6315 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6316 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6317 } 6318 6319 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6320 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6321 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6322 6323 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6324 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6325 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6326 // set the flag which tells us that. 6327 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6328 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6329 6330 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6331 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6332 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6333 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6334 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6335 6336 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6337 } else { 6338 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6339 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6340 } 6341 6342 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6343 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6344 6345 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6346 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6347 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6348 6349 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6350 6351 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6352 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6353 // getting shifty. 6354 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6355 HasExtraParameters = false; 6356 6357 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6358 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6359 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6360 nparams = 3; 6361 } 6362 6363 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6364 // if we had some location information about types. 6365 6366 QualType CharPP = 6367 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6368 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6369 6370 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6371 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6372 6373 bool mismatch = true; 6374 6375 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6376 mismatch = false; 6377 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6378 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6379 // char const ** 6380 // char const * const * 6381 // char * const * 6382 6383 QualifierCollector qs; 6384 const PointerType* PT; 6385 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6386 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6387 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6388 qs.removeConst(); 6389 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6390 } 6391 } 6392 6393 if (mismatch) { 6394 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6395 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6396 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6397 } 6398 } 6399 6400 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6401 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6402 } 6403 6404 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6405 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6406 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6407 } 6408 } 6409 6410 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6411 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6412 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6413 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6414 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6415 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6416 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6417 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6418 // rules there don't matter.) 6419 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6420 return false; 6421 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6422 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6423 return true; 6424 } 6425 6426 namespace { 6427 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6428 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6429 class SelfReferenceChecker 6430 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6431 Sema &S; 6432 Decl *OrigDecl; 6433 bool isRecordType; 6434 bool isPODType; 6435 bool isReferenceType; 6436 6437 public: 6438 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6439 6440 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6441 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6442 isPODType = false; 6443 isRecordType = false; 6444 isReferenceType = false; 6445 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6446 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6447 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6448 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6449 } 6450 } 6451 6452 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6453 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6454 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6455 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6456 if (isReferenceType) 6457 return; 6458 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6459 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6460 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6461 return; 6462 } 6463 6464 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6465 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6466 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6467 return; 6468 } 6469 6470 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6471 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6472 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6473 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6474 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6475 return; 6476 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6477 } 6478 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6479 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6480 return; 6481 } 6482 } 6483 6484 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6485 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6486 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6487 if (isReferenceType) 6488 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6489 } 6490 6491 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6492 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6493 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6494 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6495 6496 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6497 } 6498 6499 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6500 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6501 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6502 6503 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6504 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6505 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6506 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6507 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6508 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6509 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6510 Warn = false; 6511 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6512 } 6513 6514 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 6515 if (Warn) 6516 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6517 return; 6518 } 6519 6520 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 6521 // Visit that expression. 6522 Visit(Base); 6523 } 6524 6525 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6526 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6527 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 6528 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 6529 if (!isPODType) 6530 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6531 return; 6532 } 6533 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6534 } 6535 6536 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6537 6538 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6539 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6540 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6541 unsigned diag = isReferenceType 6542 ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init 6543 : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6544 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6545 S.PDiag(diag) 6546 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 6547 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6548 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6549 } 6550 }; 6551 6552 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6553 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 6554 bool DirectInit) { 6555 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 6556 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 6557 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 6558 return; 6559 6560 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6561 6562 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6563 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6564 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 6565 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 6566 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6567 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 6568 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 6569 return; 6570 6571 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 6572 } 6573 } 6574 6575 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6576 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6577 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6578 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6579 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6580 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6581 // the initializer. 6582 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6583 return; 6584 6585 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6586 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6587 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6588 // Thus this grotesque test. 6589 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6590 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6591 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6592 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6593 else { 6594 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6595 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6596 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6597 } 6598 return; 6599 } 6600 6601 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6602 if (!VDecl) { 6603 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6604 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6605 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6606 return; 6607 } 6608 6609 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6610 6611 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6612 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6613 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6614 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6615 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6616 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6617 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6618 // contains exactly one expression. 6619 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6620 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6621 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6622 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6623 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6624 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6625 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6626 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6627 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6628 return; 6629 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6630 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6631 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6632 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6633 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6634 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6635 return; 6636 } else { 6637 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6638 } 6639 } 6640 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6641 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6642 DAR_Failed) 6643 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6644 if (!DeducedType) { 6645 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6646 return; 6647 } 6648 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6649 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6650 VDecl->ClearLVCache(); 6651 6652 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6653 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6654 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6655 6656 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6657 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6658 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6659 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6660 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6661 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6662 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6663 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6664 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6665 } 6666 6667 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6668 // the previously declared type. 6669 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6670 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6671 } 6672 6673 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6674 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6675 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6676 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6677 return; 6678 } 6679 6680 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6681 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6682 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6683 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6684 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6685 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6686 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6687 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6688 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6689 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6690 return; 6691 } 6692 6693 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6694 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6695 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6696 AbstractVariableType)) 6697 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6698 } 6699 6700 const VarDecl *Def; 6701 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6702 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6703 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6704 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6705 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6706 return; 6707 } 6708 6709 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6710 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6711 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6712 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6713 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6714 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6715 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6716 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6717 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6718 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6719 // 6720 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6721 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6722 // declaration with an initializer. 6723 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6724 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6725 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6726 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6727 return; 6728 } 6729 6730 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6731 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6732 6733 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6734 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6735 return; 6736 } 6737 } 6738 6739 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6740 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6741 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6742 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6743 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6744 return; 6745 } 6746 6747 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6748 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6749 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6750 6751 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6752 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6753 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6754 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6755 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6756 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6757 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6758 return; 6759 } 6760 Init = Result.take(); 6761 } 6762 6763 // Perform the initialization. 6764 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6765 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6766 InitializationKind Kind 6767 = DirectInit ? 6768 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6769 Init->getLocStart(), 6770 Init->getLocEnd()) 6771 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6772 VDecl->getLocation()) 6773 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6774 Init->getLocStart()); 6775 6776 Expr **Args = &Init; 6777 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6778 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6779 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6780 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6781 } 6782 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6783 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6784 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 6785 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6786 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6787 return; 6788 } 6789 6790 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6791 } 6792 6793 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6794 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 6795 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 6796 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 6797 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 6798 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 6799 } 6800 6801 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6802 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6803 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6804 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6805 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6806 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6807 6808 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6809 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6810 6811 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6812 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6813 6814 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6815 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 6816 6817 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 6818 // Although this code can still have problems: 6819 // id x = self.weakProp; 6820 // id y = self.weakProp; 6821 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 6822 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 6823 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 6824 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 6825 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 6826 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 6827 Init->getLocStart()); 6828 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 6829 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 6830 } 6831 } 6832 6833 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6834 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6835 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6836 6837 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6838 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6839 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6840 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6841 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6842 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6843 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6844 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6845 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6846 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6847 // 6848 // struct S { 6849 // static const int value = 17; 6850 // }; 6851 6852 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6853 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6854 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6855 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6856 // 6857 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6858 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6859 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6860 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6861 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6862 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6863 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6864 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6865 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6866 6867 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6868 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6869 6870 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6871 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6872 // type. 6873 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6874 6875 // Require constness. 6876 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6877 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6878 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6879 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6880 6881 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6882 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6883 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6884 SourceLocation Loc; 6885 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6886 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6887 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6888 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6889 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6890 ; // Nothing to check. 6891 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6892 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6893 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6894 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6895 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6896 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6897 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6898 } else { 6899 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6900 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6901 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6902 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6903 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6904 } 6905 6906 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6907 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6908 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6909 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6910 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 6911 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6912 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6913 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6914 6915 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6916 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6917 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6918 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6919 } 6920 6921 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6922 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6923 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6924 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6925 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6926 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6927 6928 } else { 6929 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6930 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6931 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6932 } 6933 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6934 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6935 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6936 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6937 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6938 6939 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6940 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6941 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6942 } 6943 6944 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6945 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6946 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6947 // 6948 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6949 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6950 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6951 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6952 // special case code. 6953 6954 // C++ 8.5p11: 6955 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6956 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6957 // class type. 6958 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6959 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6960 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6961 } else if (DirectInit) { 6962 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6963 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6964 } 6965 6966 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6967 } 6968 6969 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6970 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6971 /// of sanity. 6972 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6973 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6974 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6975 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6976 6977 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6978 if (!VD) return; 6979 6980 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6981 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6982 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6983 return; 6984 } 6985 6986 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6987 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6988 6989 // Require a complete type. 6990 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6991 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6992 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6993 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6994 return; 6995 } 6996 6997 // Require an abstract type. 6998 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6999 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7000 AbstractVariableType)) { 7001 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7002 return; 7003 } 7004 7005 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7006 // though. 7007 } 7008 7009 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7010 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7011 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7012 if (RealDecl == 0) 7013 return; 7014 7015 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7016 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7017 7018 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7019 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7020 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7021 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7022 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7023 return; 7024 } 7025 7026 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7027 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7028 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7029 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7030 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7031 // member. 7032 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7033 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7034 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7035 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7036 << Var->getDeclName(); 7037 else 7038 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7039 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7040 return; 7041 } 7042 7043 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7044 case VarDecl::Definition: 7045 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7046 break; 7047 7048 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7049 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7050 // a declaration. 7051 // 7052 // Fall through 7053 7054 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7055 // It's only a declaration. 7056 7057 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7058 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7059 // object shall be complete. 7060 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7061 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7062 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7063 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7064 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7065 7066 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7067 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7068 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7069 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7070 AbstractVariableType)) 7071 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7072 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7073 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7074 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7075 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7076 } 7077 7078 return; 7079 7080 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7081 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7082 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7083 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7084 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7085 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7086 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7087 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7088 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7089 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7090 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7091 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7092 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7093 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7094 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7095 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7096 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7097 // NOTE: code such as the following 7098 // static struct s; 7099 // struct s { int a; }; 7100 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7101 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7102 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7103 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7104 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7105 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7106 } 7107 } 7108 7109 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7110 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7111 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7112 return; 7113 } 7114 7115 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7116 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7117 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7118 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7119 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7120 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7121 return; 7122 } 7123 7124 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7125 // definitions with reference type. 7126 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7127 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7128 << Var->getDeclName() 7129 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7130 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7131 return; 7132 } 7133 7134 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7135 // variable with dependent type. 7136 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7137 return; 7138 7139 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7140 return; 7141 7142 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7143 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7144 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7145 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7146 return; 7147 } 7148 7149 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7150 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7151 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7152 AbstractVariableType)) { 7153 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7154 return; 7155 } 7156 7157 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7158 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7159 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7160 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7161 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7162 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7163 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7164 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7165 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7166 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7167 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7168 if (const RecordType *Record 7169 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7170 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7171 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7172 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7173 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7174 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7175 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7176 } 7177 } 7178 7179 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7180 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7181 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7182 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7183 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7184 // type shall have a user-declared default 7185 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7186 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7187 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7188 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7189 // program is ill-formed. 7190 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7191 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7192 // default-initialized; [...]. 7193 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7194 InitializationKind Kind 7195 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7196 7197 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7198 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7199 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7200 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7201 else if (Init.get()) { 7202 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7203 // This is important for template substitution. 7204 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7205 } 7206 7207 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7208 } 7209 } 7210 7211 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7212 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7213 if (!VD) { 7214 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7215 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7216 return; 7217 } 7218 7219 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7220 7221 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7222 int Error = -1; 7223 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7224 case SC_None: 7225 break; 7226 case SC_Extern: 7227 Error = 0; 7228 break; 7229 case SC_Static: 7230 Error = 1; 7231 break; 7232 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7233 Error = 2; 7234 break; 7235 case SC_Auto: 7236 Error = 3; 7237 break; 7238 case SC_Register: 7239 Error = 4; 7240 break; 7241 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7242 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7243 } 7244 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7245 Error = 5; 7246 if (Error != -1) { 7247 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7248 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7249 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7250 } 7251 } 7252 7253 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7254 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7255 7256 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7257 // local retaining variable. 7258 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7259 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7260 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7261 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7262 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7263 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7264 break; 7265 7266 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7267 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7268 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7269 break; 7270 } 7271 } 7272 7273 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7274 var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && 7275 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7276 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7277 var->getLocation())) { 7278 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7279 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7280 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7281 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7282 7283 if (!prev) 7284 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7285 } 7286 7287 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7288 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7289 7290 QualType type = var->getType(); 7291 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7292 7293 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7294 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7295 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7296 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7297 7298 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7299 // constructing this copy. 7300 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7301 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7302 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7303 ExprResult result = 7304 PerformCopyInitialization( 7305 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7306 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7307 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7308 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7309 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7310 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7311 } 7312 } 7313 } 7314 7315 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7316 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7317 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7318 7319 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7320 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7321 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7322 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7323 var->getLocation()) 7324 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7325 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7326 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7327 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7328 7329 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7330 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7331 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7332 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7333 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7334 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7335 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7336 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7337 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7338 Notes.clear(); 7339 } 7340 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7341 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7342 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7343 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7344 } 7345 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7346 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7347 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7348 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7349 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7350 } 7351 } 7352 7353 // Require the destructor. 7354 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7355 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7356 } 7357 7358 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7359 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7360 void 7361 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7362 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7363 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7364 7365 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7366 if (!VD) 7367 return; 7368 7369 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7370 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 7371 7372 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7373 // tag values. 7374 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 7375 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 7376 return; 7377 7378 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7379 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7380 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7381 I != E; ++I) { 7382 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7383 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7384 continue; 7385 } 7386 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7387 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7388 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7389 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7390 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7391 continue; 7392 } 7393 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7394 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7395 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7396 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7397 continue; 7398 } 7399 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7400 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7401 MagicValue, 7402 I->getMatchingCType(), 7403 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7404 I->getMustBeNull()); 7405 } 7406 } 7407 7408 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7409 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7410 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7411 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7412 7413 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7414 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7415 7416 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7417 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7418 Decls.push_back(D); 7419 7420 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7421 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7422 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7423 7424 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7425 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7426 } 7427 7428 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7429 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7430 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7431 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7432 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7433 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7434 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7435 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7436 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7437 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7438 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7439 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7440 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7441 QualType Deduced; 7442 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7443 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7444 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7445 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7446 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7447 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7448 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7449 break; 7450 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7451 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7452 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7453 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7454 Deduced = U; 7455 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7456 DeducedDecl = D; 7457 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7458 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7459 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7460 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7461 << U << D->getDeclName() 7462 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7463 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7464 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7465 break; 7466 } 7467 } 7468 } 7469 } 7470 } 7471 7472 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7473 7474 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7475 } 7476 7477 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7478 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7479 } 7480 7481 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7482 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7483 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7484 return; 7485 7486 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7487 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7488 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7489 return; 7490 7491 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7492 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7493 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7494 // additional declaration references: 7495 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7496 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7497 // 'struct S *pS;' 7498 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7499 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7500 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7501 Group++; 7502 NumDecls--; 7503 } 7504 } 7505 7506 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7507 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7508 if (!Comments.empty() && 7509 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7510 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7511 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7512 // 7513 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7514 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7515 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7516 // ahead through comments. 7517 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7518 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 7519 } 7520 } 7521 7522 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7523 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7524 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7525 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7526 7527 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7528 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7529 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7530 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7531 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7532 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7533 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7534 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7535 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7536 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7537 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7538 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7539 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7540 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7541 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7542 } 7543 7544 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7545 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7546 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7547 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7548 << 0; 7549 7550 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7551 7552 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7553 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7554 7555 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7556 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7557 // parameter. 7558 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7559 7560 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7561 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7562 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7563 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7564 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7565 } 7566 } 7567 7568 // Ensure we have a valid name 7569 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7570 if (D.hasName()) { 7571 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7572 if (!II) { 7573 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7574 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7575 D.setInvalidType(true); 7576 } 7577 } 7578 7579 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7580 if (II) { 7581 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7582 ForRedeclaration); 7583 LookupName(R, S); 7584 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7585 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7586 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7587 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7588 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7589 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7590 PrevDecl = 0; 7591 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7592 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7593 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7594 7595 // Recover by removing the name 7596 II = 0; 7597 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7598 D.setInvalidType(true); 7599 } 7600 } 7601 } 7602 7603 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7604 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7605 // looking like class members in C++. 7606 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7607 D.getLocStart(), 7608 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7609 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7610 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7611 7612 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7613 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7614 7615 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7616 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7617 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7618 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7619 7620 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7621 S->AddDecl(New); 7622 if (II) 7623 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7624 7625 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7626 7627 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7628 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7629 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7630 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7631 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7632 7633 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7634 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7635 } 7636 return New; 7637 } 7638 7639 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7640 /// typedef. 7641 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7642 SourceLocation Loc, 7643 QualType T) { 7644 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7645 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7646 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7647 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7648 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7649 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7650 Param->setImplicit(); 7651 return Param; 7652 } 7653 7654 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7655 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7656 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7657 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7658 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7659 return; 7660 7661 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7662 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7663 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7664 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7665 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7666 } 7667 } 7668 } 7669 7670 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7671 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7672 QualType ReturnTy, 7673 NamedDecl *D) { 7674 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7675 return; 7676 7677 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7678 // threshold. 7679 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7680 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7681 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7682 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7683 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7684 } 7685 7686 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7687 // threshold. 7688 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7689 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7690 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7691 continue; 7692 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7693 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7694 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7695 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7696 } 7697 } 7698 7699 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7700 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7701 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7702 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7703 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7704 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7705 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7706 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7707 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7708 7709 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7710 7711 // Special cases for arrays: 7712 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7713 // - otherwise, it's an error 7714 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7715 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7716 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7717 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7718 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7719 } 7720 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7721 } else { 7722 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7723 } 7724 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7725 } 7726 7727 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7728 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7729 TSInfo, 7730 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7731 0); 7732 7733 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7734 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7735 // the class has been completely parsed. 7736 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7737 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7738 AbstractParamType)) 7739 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7740 7741 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7742 // passed by reference. 7743 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7744 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7745 Diag(NameLoc, 7746 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7747 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7748 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7749 New->setType(T); 7750 } 7751 7752 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7753 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7754 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7755 // an address space. 7756 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7757 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7758 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7759 } 7760 7761 return New; 7762 } 7763 7764 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7765 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7766 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7767 7768 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7769 // for a K&R function. 7770 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7771 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7772 --i; 7773 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7774 SmallString<256> Code; 7775 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7776 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7777 << ";\n"; 7778 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7779 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7780 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7781 7782 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7783 // type. 7784 AttributeFactory attrs; 7785 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7786 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7787 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7788 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7789 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7790 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 7791 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7792 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7793 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7794 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7795 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7796 } 7797 } 7798 } 7799 } 7800 7801 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7802 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7803 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7804 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7805 7806 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7807 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 7808 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7809 } 7810 7811 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7812 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7813 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7814 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7815 return false; 7816 7817 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7818 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7819 return false; 7820 7821 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7822 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7823 return false; 7824 7825 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7826 if (FD->isMain()) 7827 return false; 7828 7829 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7830 if (FD->isInlined()) 7831 return false; 7832 7833 // Don't warn about function templates. 7834 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7835 return false; 7836 7837 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7838 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7839 return false; 7840 7841 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 7842 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 7843 return false; 7844 7845 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7846 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7847 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7848 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7849 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7850 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7851 continue; 7852 7853 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7854 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 7855 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 7856 break; 7857 } 7858 7859 return MissingPrototype; 7860 } 7861 7862 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7863 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7864 // was an extern inline function. 7865 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7866 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7867 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7868 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7869 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7870 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7871 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7872 else 7873 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7874 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7875 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7876 } 7877 } 7878 7879 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7880 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7881 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7882 7883 if (!D) 7884 return D; 7885 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7886 7887 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7888 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7889 else 7890 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7891 7892 // Enter a new function scope 7893 PushFunctionScope(); 7894 7895 // See if this is a redefinition. 7896 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7897 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7898 7899 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7900 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7901 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7902 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7903 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7904 } 7905 } 7906 7907 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7908 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7909 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7910 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7911 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7912 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7913 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7914 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7915 7916 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7917 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7918 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7919 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7920 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7921 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 7922 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 7923 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7924 7925 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7926 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 7927 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 7928 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7929 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 7930 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL)) 7931 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 7932 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 7933 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 7934 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void"); 7935 } 7936 } 7937 7938 if (FnBodyScope) 7939 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7940 7941 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7942 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7943 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7944 7945 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7946 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7947 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7948 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7949 7950 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7951 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7952 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7953 7954 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7955 } 7956 } 7957 7958 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 7959 // introduce them into the function scope. 7960 if (FnBodyScope) { 7961 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 7962 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 7963 NamedDecl *D = *I; 7964 7965 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 7966 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 7967 // and reattach to the current context. 7968 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 7969 // Is the decl actually in the context? 7970 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 7971 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 7972 if (*DI == D) { 7973 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 7974 break; 7975 } 7976 } 7977 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 7978 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7979 } 7980 7981 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 7982 if (!D->getName().empty()) 7983 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7984 7985 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 7986 // accessible in this scope. 7987 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 7988 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 7989 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 7990 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7991 } 7992 } 7993 } 7994 7995 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 7996 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 7997 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 7998 7999 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8000 // dllimport attribute. 8001 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8002 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8003 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8004 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8005 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8006 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8007 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8008 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8009 << "dllimport"; 8010 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8011 return D; 8012 } 8013 8014 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8015 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8016 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8017 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8018 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8019 // emitted. 8020 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8021 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8022 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8023 } 8024 } 8025 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8026 // a function template). 8027 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8028 return D; 8029 } 8030 8031 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8032 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8033 /// optimization. 8034 /// 8035 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8036 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8037 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8038 /// use the named return value optimization. 8039 /// 8040 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8041 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8042 /// the NRVO variable. 8043 /// 8044 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8045 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8046 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8047 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8048 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8049 8050 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8051 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8052 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8053 return; 8054 8055 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8056 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8057 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8058 return; 8059 } 8060 8061 if (NRVOCandidate) 8062 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8063 } 8064 8065 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8066 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8067 return false; 8068 8069 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8070 return true; 8071 8072 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8073 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8074 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8075 else 8076 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8077 8078 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8079 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8080 // rest of the file. 8081 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8082 } 8083 8084 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8085 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8086 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8087 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8088 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8089 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8090 } 8091 8092 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8093 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8094 } 8095 8096 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8097 bool IsInstantiation) { 8098 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8099 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8100 if (FunTmpl) 8101 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8102 else 8103 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8104 8105 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8106 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8107 8108 if (FD) { 8109 FD->setBody(Body); 8110 8111 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8112 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8113 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8114 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8115 8116 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8117 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8118 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8119 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8120 8121 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8122 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8123 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8124 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8125 8126 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8127 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8128 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8129 8130 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8131 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8132 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8133 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8134 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8135 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8136 } 8137 8138 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8139 "Function parsing confused"); 8140 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8141 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8142 MD->setBody(Body); 8143 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8144 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8145 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8146 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8147 8148 if (Body) 8149 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8150 } 8151 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8152 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8153 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8154 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8155 } 8156 } else { 8157 return 0; 8158 } 8159 8160 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8161 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8162 "handled in the block above."); 8163 8164 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8165 if (Body) { 8166 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8167 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8168 // Verify this. 8169 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8170 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8171 8172 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8173 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8174 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8175 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8176 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8177 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8178 8179 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8180 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8181 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8182 8183 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8184 Destructor->getParent()); 8185 } 8186 8187 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8188 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8189 // deletion in some later function. 8190 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8191 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8192 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8193 } 8194 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8195 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8196 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8197 // enabled. 8198 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8199 } 8200 8201 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8202 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8203 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8204 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8205 8206 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8207 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8208 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8209 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8210 } 8211 8212 if (!IsInstantiation) 8213 PopDeclContext(); 8214 8215 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8216 8217 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8218 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8219 // deletion in some later function. 8220 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8221 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8222 } 8223 8224 return dcl; 8225 } 8226 8227 8228 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8229 /// relevant Decl. 8230 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8231 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8232 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8233 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8234 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8235 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8236 8237 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8238 if (Method->isStatic()) 8239 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8240 } 8241 8242 8243 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8244 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8245 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8246 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8247 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8248 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8249 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8250 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8251 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8252 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 8253 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 8254 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8255 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8256 return Pos->second; 8257 } 8258 8259 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8260 unsigned diag_id; 8261 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8262 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8263 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8264 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8265 else 8266 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8267 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8268 8269 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8270 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8271 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8272 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8273 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8274 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8275 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8276 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8277 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8278 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8279 8280 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8281 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8282 8283 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8284 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8285 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8286 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8287 } 8288 } 8289 8290 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8291 const char *Dummy; 8292 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8293 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8294 unsigned DiagID; 8295 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8296 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8297 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8298 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8299 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8300 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8301 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8302 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8303 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8304 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8305 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8306 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8307 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8308 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8309 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8310 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8311 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8312 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8313 EST_None, 8314 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8315 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8316 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8317 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8318 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8319 Loc, Loc, D), 8320 DS.getAttributes(), 8321 SourceLocation()); 8322 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8323 8324 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8325 8326 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8327 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8328 8329 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8330 FD->setImplicit(); 8331 8332 CurContext = PrevDC; 8333 8334 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8335 8336 return FD; 8337 } 8338 8339 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8340 /// the declaration of this function. 8341 /// 8342 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8343 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8344 /// like NSLog or printf. 8345 /// 8346 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8347 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 8348 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8349 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8350 return; 8351 8352 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8353 // actual attributes. 8354 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8355 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8356 unsigned FormatIdx; 8357 bool HasVAListArg; 8358 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8359 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8360 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8361 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8362 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8363 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8364 fmt = "NSString"; 8365 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8366 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8367 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8368 } 8369 } 8370 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8371 HasVAListArg)) { 8372 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8373 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8374 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8375 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8376 } 8377 8378 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8379 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8380 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8381 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8382 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8383 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8384 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8385 } 8386 8387 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8388 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8389 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8390 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8391 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8392 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8393 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8394 } 8395 8396 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8397 if (!Name) 8398 return; 8399 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8400 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8401 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8402 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8403 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8404 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8405 // about. 8406 } else 8407 return; 8408 8409 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8410 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8411 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8412 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8413 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8414 "printf", 2, 8415 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8416 } 8417 8418 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8419 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8420 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8421 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8422 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8423 } 8424 } 8425 8426 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8427 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8428 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8429 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8430 8431 if (!TInfo) { 8432 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8433 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8434 } 8435 8436 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8437 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8438 D.getLocStart(), 8439 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8440 D.getIdentifier(), 8441 TInfo); 8442 8443 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8444 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8445 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8446 return NewTD; 8447 } 8448 8449 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8450 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8451 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8452 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8453 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8454 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8455 else 8456 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8457 } 8458 8459 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8460 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8461 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8462 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8463 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8464 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8465 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8466 case TST_enum: 8467 case TST_struct: 8468 case TST_interface: 8469 case TST_union: 8470 case TST_class: { 8471 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8472 8473 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8474 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8475 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8476 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8477 8478 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8479 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8480 8481 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8482 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8483 break; 8484 8485 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8486 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8487 break; 8488 } 8489 8490 default: 8491 break; 8492 } 8493 8494 return NewTD; 8495 } 8496 8497 8498 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8499 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8500 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8501 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8502 8503 if (T->isDependentType()) 8504 return false; 8505 8506 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 8507 if (BT->isInteger()) 8508 return false; 8509 8510 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8511 return true; 8512 } 8513 8514 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8515 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8516 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8517 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8518 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8519 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8520 8521 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8522 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8523 << Prev->isScoped(); 8524 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8525 return true; 8526 } 8527 8528 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8529 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8530 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8531 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8532 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8533 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8534 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8535 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8536 return true; 8537 } 8538 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8539 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8540 << Prev->isFixed(); 8541 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8542 return true; 8543 } 8544 8545 return false; 8546 } 8547 8548 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8549 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8550 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8551 /// 8552 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8553 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8554 switch (Tag) { 8555 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8556 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8557 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8558 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8559 } 8560 } 8561 8562 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8563 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8564 /// 8565 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8566 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8567 { 8568 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8569 } 8570 8571 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8572 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8573 /// 8574 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8575 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8576 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8577 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8578 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8579 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8580 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8581 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8582 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8583 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8584 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8585 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8586 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8587 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8588 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8589 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8590 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8591 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8592 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8593 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8594 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8595 return true; 8596 8597 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8598 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8599 bool isTemplate = false; 8600 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8601 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8602 8603 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8604 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8605 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8606 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8607 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8608 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8609 return true; 8610 } 8611 8612 if (isDefinition) { 8613 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8614 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8615 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8616 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8617 return true; 8618 } 8619 8620 bool previousMismatch = false; 8621 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8622 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8623 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8624 if (!previousMismatch) { 8625 previousMismatch = true; 8626 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8627 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8628 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8629 } 8630 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8631 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8632 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8633 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8634 } 8635 } 8636 return true; 8637 } 8638 8639 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8640 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8641 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8642 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8643 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8644 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8645 return true; 8646 } 8647 8648 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8649 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8650 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8651 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8652 8653 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8654 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8655 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8656 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8657 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8658 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8659 } 8660 8661 return true; 8662 } 8663 return false; 8664 } 8665 8666 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8667 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8668 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8669 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8670 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8671 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8672 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8673 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8674 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8675 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8676 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8677 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8678 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8679 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8680 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8681 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8682 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8683 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8684 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8685 8686 OwnedDecl = false; 8687 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8688 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8689 8690 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8691 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8692 bool Invalid = false; 8693 8694 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8695 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8696 // for non-C++ cases. 8697 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8698 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8699 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8700 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8701 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 8702 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8703 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8704 isExplicitSpecialization, 8705 Invalid)) { 8706 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8707 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8708 // be a member of another template). 8709 8710 if (Invalid) 8711 return 0; 8712 8713 OwnedDecl = false; 8714 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8715 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8716 TemplateParams, AS, 8717 ModulePrivateLoc, 8718 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 8719 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8720 return Result.get(); 8721 } else { 8722 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8723 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8724 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8725 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8726 } 8727 } 8728 } 8729 8730 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8731 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8732 // redeclaration. 8733 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8734 8735 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8736 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8737 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8738 // type, default to int. 8739 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8740 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8741 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8742 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8743 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8744 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8745 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8746 8747 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8748 // Recover by falling back to int. 8749 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8750 8751 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8752 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8753 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8754 8755 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8756 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8757 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8758 } 8759 8760 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8761 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8762 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8763 8764 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8765 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8766 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8767 8768 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8769 8770 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8771 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8772 8773 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8774 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8775 Name = 0; 8776 goto CreateNewDecl; 8777 } 8778 8779 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8780 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8781 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8782 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8783 if (!DC) { 8784 IsDependent = true; 8785 return 0; 8786 } 8787 } else { 8788 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8789 if (!DC) { 8790 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8791 << SS.getRange(); 8792 return 0; 8793 } 8794 } 8795 8796 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8797 return 0; 8798 8799 SearchDC = DC; 8800 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8801 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8802 8803 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8804 return 0; 8805 8806 if (Previous.empty()) { 8807 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8808 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8809 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8810 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8811 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8812 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8813 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8814 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8815 IsDependent = true; 8816 return 0; 8817 } 8818 8819 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8820 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8821 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8822 Name = 0; 8823 Invalid = true; 8824 goto CreateNewDecl; 8825 } 8826 } else if (Name) { 8827 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8828 // declaration or definition. 8829 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8830 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8831 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8832 LookupName(Previous, S); 8833 8834 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8835 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8836 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8837 while (F.hasNext()) { 8838 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8839 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8840 F.erase(); 8841 } 8842 F.done(); 8843 } 8844 8845 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8846 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8847 return 0; 8848 8849 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8850 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8851 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8852 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8853 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8854 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8855 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8856 } 8857 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8858 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8859 // initial context to the translation unit. 8860 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8861 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8862 } 8863 8864 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8865 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8866 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8867 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8868 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8869 Previous.clear(); 8870 } 8871 8872 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8873 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8874 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8875 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8876 8877 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8878 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8879 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8880 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8881 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8882 } 8883 } 8884 8885 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8886 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8887 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8888 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8889 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8890 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8891 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8892 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8893 8894 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8895 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8896 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8897 // 8898 // class-key identifier 8899 // 8900 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8901 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8902 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8903 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8904 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8905 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8906 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8907 // declaration. 8908 // 8909 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8910 // C structs and unions. 8911 // 8912 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8913 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8914 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8915 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8916 // 8917 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8918 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8919 // 8920 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8921 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8922 // lexical context, 8923 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8924 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8925 8926 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8927 while (S->isClassScope() || 8928 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8929 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8930 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8931 (S->getEntity() && 8932 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8933 S = S->getParent(); 8934 } else { 8935 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8936 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8937 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8938 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8939 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8940 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8941 } 8942 8943 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8944 // diagnose some problems. 8945 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8946 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8947 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8948 } 8949 } 8950 8951 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8952 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8953 8954 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8955 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8956 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8957 // in C++. 8958 // 8959 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8960 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8961 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8962 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8963 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8964 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8965 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8966 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8967 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8968 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8969 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8970 PrevDecl = Tag; 8971 Previous.clear(); 8972 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8973 Previous.resolveKind(); 8974 } 8975 } 8976 } 8977 } 8978 8979 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8980 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8981 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8982 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8983 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8984 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8985 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8986 // struct or something similar. 8987 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8988 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8989 *Name)) { 8990 bool SafeToContinue 8991 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8992 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8993 if (SafeToContinue) 8994 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8995 << Name 8996 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8997 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8998 else 8999 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9000 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9001 9002 if (SafeToContinue) 9003 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9004 else { 9005 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9006 Name = 0; 9007 Previous.clear(); 9008 Invalid = true; 9009 } 9010 } 9011 9012 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9013 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9014 9015 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9016 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9017 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9018 if (ScopedEnum) 9019 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9020 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9021 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9022 return PrevTagDecl; 9023 } 9024 9025 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9026 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9027 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9028 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9029 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9030 9031 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9032 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9033 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9034 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9035 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9036 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9037 } 9038 9039 if (!Invalid) { 9040 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9041 9042 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9043 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9044 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9045 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9046 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9047 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9048 return PrevTagDecl; 9049 9050 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9051 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9052 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9053 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9054 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9055 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9056 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9057 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9058 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9059 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9060 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9061 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9062 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9063 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9064 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9065 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9066 } 9067 9068 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9069 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9070 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9071 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9072 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9073 else 9074 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9075 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9076 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9077 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9078 // references get the previous definition. 9079 Name = 0; 9080 Previous.clear(); 9081 Invalid = true; 9082 } 9083 } else { 9084 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9085 // about a nested redefinition. 9086 const TagType *Tag 9087 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9088 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9089 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9090 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9091 diag::note_previous_definition); 9092 Name = 0; 9093 Previous.clear(); 9094 Invalid = true; 9095 } 9096 } 9097 9098 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9099 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9100 } 9101 } 9102 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9103 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9104 9105 } else { 9106 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9107 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9108 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9109 // have distinct types. 9110 Previous.clear(); 9111 } 9112 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9113 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9114 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9115 9116 9117 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9118 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9119 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9120 } else { 9121 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9122 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9123 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9124 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9125 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9126 unsigned Kind = 0; 9127 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9128 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9129 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9130 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9131 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9132 Invalid = true; 9133 9134 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9135 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9136 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9137 // do nothing 9138 9139 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9140 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9141 unsigned Kind = 0; 9142 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9143 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9144 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9145 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9146 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9147 Invalid = true; 9148 9149 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9150 // case here. 9151 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9152 unsigned Kind = 0; 9153 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9154 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9155 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9156 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9157 Invalid = true; 9158 9159 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9160 } else { 9161 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9162 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9163 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9164 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9165 Name = 0; 9166 Invalid = true; 9167 } 9168 9169 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9170 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9171 Previous.clear(); 9172 } 9173 } 9174 9175 CreateNewDecl: 9176 9177 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9178 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9179 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9180 9181 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9182 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9183 // keyword. 9184 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9185 9186 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9187 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9188 // PrevDecl. 9189 TagDecl *New; 9190 9191 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9192 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9193 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9194 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9195 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9196 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9197 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9198 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9199 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9200 TagDecl *Def; 9201 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9202 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9203 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9204 } 9205 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9206 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9207 << New; 9208 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9209 } else { 9210 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9211 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9212 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9213 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9214 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9215 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9216 9217 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9218 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9219 // the declaration context. 9220 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9221 IsForwardReference = true; 9222 } 9223 } 9224 9225 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9226 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9227 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9228 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9229 else 9230 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9231 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9232 } 9233 9234 } else { 9235 // struct/union/class 9236 9237 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9238 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9239 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9240 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9241 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9242 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9243 9244 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9245 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9246 } else 9247 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9248 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9249 } 9250 9251 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9252 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9253 if (SS.isSet()) { 9254 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9255 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9256 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9257 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9258 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9259 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9260 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9261 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9262 Invalid = true; 9263 9264 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9265 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9266 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9267 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9268 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9269 } 9270 } 9271 else 9272 Invalid = true; 9273 } 9274 9275 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9276 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9277 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9278 // 9279 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9280 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9281 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9282 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9283 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9284 // parsing of the struct). 9285 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9286 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9287 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9288 } 9289 } 9290 9291 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9292 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9293 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9294 << 2 9295 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9296 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9297 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9298 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9299 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9300 New->setModulePrivate(); 9301 } 9302 9303 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9304 // check the specialization. 9305 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9306 Invalid = true; 9307 9308 if (Invalid) 9309 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9310 9311 if (Attr) 9312 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9313 9314 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9315 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9316 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9317 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9318 9319 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9320 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9321 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9322 9323 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9324 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9325 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9326 // the tag name visible. 9327 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9328 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9329 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9330 9331 // Set the access specifier. 9332 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9333 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9334 9335 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9336 New->startDefinition(); 9337 9338 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9339 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9340 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9341 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9342 if (PrevDecl) 9343 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9344 9345 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9346 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9347 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9348 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9349 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9350 } else if (Name) { 9351 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9352 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9353 if (IsForwardReference) 9354 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9355 9356 } else { 9357 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9358 } 9359 9360 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9361 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9362 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9363 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9364 II->isStr("FILE")) 9365 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9366 9367 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9368 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9369 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9370 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9371 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9372 9373 if (PrevDecl) 9374 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9375 9376 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9377 // record. 9378 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9379 9380 OwnedDecl = true; 9381 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9382 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9383 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9384 } 9385 9386 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9387 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9388 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9389 9390 // Enter the tag context. 9391 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9392 9393 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9394 9395 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9396 // record. 9397 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9398 } 9399 9400 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9401 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9402 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9403 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9404 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9405 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9406 CurContext = OCD; 9407 return IDecl; 9408 } 9409 9410 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9411 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9412 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9413 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9414 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9415 9416 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9417 9418 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9419 return; 9420 9421 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9422 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9423 9424 // C++ [class]p2: 9425 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9426 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9427 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9428 // as if it were a public member name. 9429 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9430 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9431 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9432 Record->getIdentifier(), 9433 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9434 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9435 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9436 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9437 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9438 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9439 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9440 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9441 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9442 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9443 } 9444 9445 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9446 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9447 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9448 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9449 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9450 9451 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9452 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9453 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9454 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9455 RD->completeDefinition(); 9456 } 9457 9458 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9459 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9460 9461 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9462 PopDeclContext(); 9463 9464 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9465 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9466 } 9467 9468 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9469 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9470 PopDeclContext(); 9471 } 9472 9473 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9474 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9475 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9476 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9477 } 9478 9479 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9480 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9481 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9482 } 9483 9484 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9485 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9486 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9487 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9488 9489 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9490 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9491 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9492 RD->completeDefinition(); 9493 } 9494 9495 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9496 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9497 // the FieldCollector. 9498 9499 PopDeclContext(); 9500 } 9501 9502 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9503 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9504 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9505 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9506 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9507 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9508 if (ZeroWidth) 9509 *ZeroWidth = true; 9510 9511 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9512 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9513 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9514 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9515 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9516 return ExprError(); 9517 if (FieldName) 9518 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9519 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9520 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9521 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9522 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9523 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9524 return ExprError(); 9525 9526 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9527 // it now. 9528 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9529 return Owned(BitWidth); 9530 9531 llvm::APSInt Value; 9532 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9533 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9534 return ICE; 9535 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9536 9537 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9538 *ZeroWidth = false; 9539 9540 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9541 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9542 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9543 9544 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9545 if (FieldName) 9546 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9547 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9548 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9549 << Value.toString(10); 9550 } 9551 9552 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9553 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9554 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9555 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9556 if (FieldName) 9557 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9558 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9559 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9560 9561 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9562 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9563 } 9564 9565 if (FieldName) 9566 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9567 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9568 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9569 else 9570 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9571 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9572 } 9573 } 9574 9575 return Owned(BitWidth); 9576 } 9577 9578 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9579 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9580 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9581 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9582 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9583 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9584 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9585 return Res; 9586 } 9587 9588 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9589 /// 9590 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9591 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9592 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9593 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9594 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9595 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9596 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9597 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9598 9599 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9600 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9601 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9602 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9603 9604 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9605 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9606 D.setInvalidType(); 9607 T = Context.IntTy; 9608 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9609 } 9610 } 9611 9612 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9613 9614 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9615 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9616 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9617 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9618 << 2; 9619 9620 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9621 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9622 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9623 LookupName(Previous, S); 9624 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9625 case LookupResult::Found: 9626 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9627 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9628 break; 9629 9630 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9631 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9632 break; 9633 9634 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9635 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9636 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9637 break; 9638 } 9639 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9640 9641 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9642 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9643 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9644 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9645 PrevDecl = 0; 9646 } 9647 9648 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9649 PrevDecl = 0; 9650 9651 bool Mutable 9652 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9653 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9654 FieldDecl *NewFD 9655 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9656 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9657 9658 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9659 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9660 9661 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9662 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9663 9664 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9665 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9666 // with the same name in the same scope. 9667 } else if (II) { 9668 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9669 } else 9670 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9671 9672 return NewFD; 9673 } 9674 9675 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9676 /// 9677 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9678 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9679 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9680 /// created. 9681 /// 9682 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9683 /// 9684 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9685 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9686 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9687 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9688 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9689 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9690 SourceLocation TSSL, 9691 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9692 Declarator *D) { 9693 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9694 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9695 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9696 9697 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9698 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9699 if (T.isNull()) { 9700 InvalidDecl = true; 9701 T = Context.IntTy; 9702 } 9703 9704 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9705 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9706 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9707 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9708 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9709 InvalidDecl = true; 9710 } else { 9711 NamedDecl *Def; 9712 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9713 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9714 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9715 InvalidDecl = true; 9716 } 9717 } 9718 } 9719 9720 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9721 // than a variably modified type. 9722 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9723 bool SizeIsNegative; 9724 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9725 9726 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 9727 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 9728 SizeIsNegative, 9729 Oversized); 9730 if (FixedTInfo) { 9731 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9732 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 9733 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 9734 } else { 9735 if (SizeIsNegative) 9736 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9737 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9738 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9739 << Oversized.toString(10); 9740 else 9741 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9742 InvalidDecl = true; 9743 } 9744 } 9745 9746 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9747 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9748 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9749 AbstractFieldType)) 9750 InvalidDecl = true; 9751 9752 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9753 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9754 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9755 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9756 if (!BitWidth) { 9757 InvalidDecl = true; 9758 BitWidth = 0; 9759 ZeroWidth = false; 9760 } 9761 } 9762 9763 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9764 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9765 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9766 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9767 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9768 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9769 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9770 9771 if (DiagID) { 9772 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9773 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9774 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9775 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9776 Mutable = false; 9777 InvalidDecl = true; 9778 } 9779 } 9780 9781 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9782 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9783 if (InvalidDecl) 9784 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9785 9786 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9787 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9788 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9789 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9790 } 9791 9792 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9793 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9794 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9795 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9796 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9797 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9798 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9799 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9800 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9801 // objects. 9802 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9803 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9804 } 9805 } 9806 9807 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9808 // the program is ill-formed. 9809 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9810 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9811 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9812 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9813 } 9814 } 9815 } 9816 9817 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9818 // representation, not a parser representation. 9819 if (D) 9820 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9821 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9822 9823 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9824 // retainable type. 9825 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9826 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9827 9828 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9829 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9830 9831 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9832 return NewFD; 9833 } 9834 9835 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9836 assert(FD); 9837 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9838 9839 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9840 return true; 9841 9842 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9843 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9844 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9845 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9846 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9847 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9848 // copy constructors. 9849 9850 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9851 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 9852 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 9853 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 9854 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 9855 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 9856 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9857 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9858 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9859 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9860 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9861 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9862 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 9863 member = CXXDestructor; 9864 9865 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9866 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 9867 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9868 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9869 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9870 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9871 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9872 // members unavailable. 9873 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9874 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9875 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9876 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9877 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9878 return false; 9879 } 9880 } 9881 9882 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 9883 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9884 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9885 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9886 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 9887 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 9888 } 9889 } 9890 } 9891 9892 return false; 9893 } 9894 9895 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9896 /// AST enum value. 9897 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9898 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9899 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9900 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9901 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9902 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9903 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9904 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9905 } 9906 } 9907 9908 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9909 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9910 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9911 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9912 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9913 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9914 9915 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9916 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9917 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9918 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9919 9920 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9921 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9922 9923 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9924 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9925 9926 if (BitWidth) { 9927 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9928 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9929 if (!BitWidth) 9930 D.setInvalidType(); 9931 } else { 9932 // Not a bitfield. 9933 9934 // validate II. 9935 9936 } 9937 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9938 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9939 D.setInvalidType(); 9940 } 9941 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9942 // than a variably modified type. 9943 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9944 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9945 D.setInvalidType(); 9946 } 9947 9948 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9949 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9950 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9951 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9952 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9953 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9954 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9955 return 0; 9956 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9957 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9958 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9959 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 9960 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 9961 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 9962 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 9963 } 9964 else 9965 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9966 } else { 9967 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9968 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9969 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 9970 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 9971 return 0; 9972 } 9973 } 9974 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9975 } 9976 9977 // Construct the decl. 9978 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 9979 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 9980 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 9981 9982 if (II) { 9983 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 9984 ForRedeclaration); 9985 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 9986 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9987 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9988 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9989 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9990 } 9991 } 9992 9993 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9994 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 9995 9996 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9997 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9998 9999 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10000 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10001 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10002 10003 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10004 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10005 10006 if (II) { 10007 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10008 // these to the interface. 10009 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10010 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10011 } 10012 10013 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10014 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10015 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10016 10017 return NewID; 10018 } 10019 10020 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10021 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10022 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10023 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10024 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10025 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10026 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10027 return; 10028 10029 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10030 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10031 10032 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10033 return; 10034 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10035 if (!ID) { 10036 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10037 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10038 return; 10039 } 10040 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10041 else 10042 return; 10043 } 10044 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10045 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10046 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10047 10048 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10049 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10050 Context.CharTy, 10051 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10052 DeclLoc), 10053 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10054 true); 10055 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10056 } 10057 10058 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10059 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10060 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10061 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10062 AttributeList *Attr) { 10063 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10064 10065 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10066 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10067 // it will now change. 10068 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10069 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10070 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10071 default: break; 10072 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10073 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10074 break; 10075 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10076 Context. 10077 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10078 break; 10079 } 10080 } 10081 10082 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10083 10084 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10085 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10086 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10087 if (Record) { 10088 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10089 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10090 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10091 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10092 ++NumNamedMembers; 10093 } 10094 } 10095 10096 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10097 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10098 10099 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10100 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10101 i != end; ++i) { 10102 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10103 10104 // Get the type for the field. 10105 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10106 10107 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10108 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10109 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10110 } 10111 10112 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10113 // diagnostics about it. 10114 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10115 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10116 continue; 10117 } 10118 10119 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10120 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10121 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10122 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10123 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10124 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10125 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10126 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10127 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10128 // array. 10129 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10130 // Field declared as a function. 10131 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10132 << FD->getDeclName(); 10133 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10134 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10135 continue; 10136 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10137 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10138 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10139 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10140 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10141 // Flexible array member. 10142 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10143 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10144 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10145 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10146 if (Record->isUnion()) 10147 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10148 << FD->getDeclName(); 10149 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10150 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10151 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10152 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10153 if (Record->isUnion()) 10154 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10155 << FD->getDeclName(); 10156 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10157 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10158 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10159 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10160 if (Record->isUnion()) 10161 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10162 << FD->getDeclName(); 10163 else 10164 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10165 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10166 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10167 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10168 << FD->getDeclName(); 10169 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10170 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10171 continue; 10172 } 10173 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10174 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10175 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10176 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10177 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10178 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10179 continue; 10180 } 10181 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10182 if (Record) 10183 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10184 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10185 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10186 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10187 // Incomplete type 10188 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10189 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10190 continue; 10191 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10192 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10193 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10194 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10195 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10196 } else { 10197 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10198 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10199 // structures. 10200 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10201 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10202 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10203 else { 10204 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10205 // other structs as an extension. 10206 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10207 << FD->getDeclName(); 10208 if (Record) 10209 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10210 } 10211 } 10212 } 10213 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10214 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10215 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10216 AbstractIvarType)) { 10217 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10218 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10219 } 10220 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10221 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10222 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10223 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10224 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10225 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10226 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10227 FD->setType(T); 10228 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10229 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 10230 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10231 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10232 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10233 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10234 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10235 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10236 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10237 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10238 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10239 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10240 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10241 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10242 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10243 } 10244 } else { 10245 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 10246 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 10247 } 10248 ARCErrReported = true; 10249 } 10250 } 10251 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10252 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10253 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10254 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10255 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10256 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10257 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10258 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10259 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10260 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10261 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10262 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10263 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10264 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10265 } 10266 } 10267 } 10268 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10269 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10270 ++NumNamedMembers; 10271 } 10272 10273 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10274 if (Record) { 10275 bool Completed = false; 10276 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10277 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10278 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10279 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10280 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10281 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10282 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10283 10284 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10285 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10286 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10287 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10288 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10289 10290 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10291 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10292 10293 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10294 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10295 // problem now. 10296 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10297 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10298 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10299 10300 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10301 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10302 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10303 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10304 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10305 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10306 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10307 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10308 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10309 continue; 10310 10311 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10312 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10313 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10314 // program is ill-formed. 10315 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10316 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10317 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10318 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10319 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10320 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10321 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10322 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10323 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10324 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10325 10326 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10327 } 10328 } 10329 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10330 Completed = true; 10331 } 10332 } 10333 } 10334 } 10335 10336 if (!Completed) 10337 Record->completeDefinition(); 10338 10339 } else { 10340 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10341 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10342 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10343 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10344 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10345 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10346 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10347 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10348 } 10349 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10350 // duplicates. 10351 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10352 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10353 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10354 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10355 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10356 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10357 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10358 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10359 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10360 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10361 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10362 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10363 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10364 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10365 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10366 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10367 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10368 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10369 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10370 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10371 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10372 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10373 if (IDecl) { 10374 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10375 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10376 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10377 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10378 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10379 continue; 10380 } 10381 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10382 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10383 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10384 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10385 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10386 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10387 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10388 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10389 continue; 10390 } 10391 } 10392 } 10393 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10394 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10395 } 10396 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10397 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10398 } 10399 } 10400 10401 if (Attr) 10402 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10403 } 10404 10405 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10406 /// the given type T. 10407 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10408 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10409 QualType T) { 10410 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10411 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10412 10413 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10414 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10415 --BitWidth; 10416 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10417 } 10418 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10419 } 10420 10421 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10422 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10423 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10424 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10425 // enum checking below. 10426 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10427 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10428 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10429 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10430 }; 10431 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10432 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10433 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10434 }; 10435 10436 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10437 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10438 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10439 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10440 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10441 return Types[I]; 10442 10443 return QualType(); 10444 } 10445 10446 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10447 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10448 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10449 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10450 Expr *Val) { 10451 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10452 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10453 QualType EltTy; 10454 10455 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10456 Val = 0; 10457 10458 if (Val) 10459 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10460 10461 if (Val) { 10462 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10463 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10464 else { 10465 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10466 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 10467 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10468 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10469 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10470 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10471 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10472 ExprResult Converted = 10473 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10474 CCEK_Enumerator); 10475 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10476 Val = 0; 10477 else 10478 Val = Converted.take(); 10479 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10480 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10481 &EnumVal).take())) { 10482 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10483 } else { 10484 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10485 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10486 10487 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10488 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10489 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10490 // expression checking. 10491 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10492 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10493 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10494 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10495 } else 10496 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10497 } else 10498 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10499 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10500 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10501 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10502 // is the type of its initializing value: 10503 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10504 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10505 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10506 } else { 10507 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10508 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10509 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10510 // representable as an int. 10511 10512 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10513 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10514 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10515 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10516 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10517 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10518 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10519 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10520 } 10521 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10522 } 10523 } 10524 } 10525 } 10526 10527 if (!Val) { 10528 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10529 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10530 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10531 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10532 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10533 // is the type of its initializing value: 10534 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10535 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10536 // 10537 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10538 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10539 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10540 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10541 } 10542 else { 10543 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10544 } 10545 } else { 10546 // Assign the last value + 1. 10547 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10548 ++EnumVal; 10549 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10550 10551 // Check for overflow on increment. 10552 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10553 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10554 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10555 // is the type of its initializing value: 10556 // 10557 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10558 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10559 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10560 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10561 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10562 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10563 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10564 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10565 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10566 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10567 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10568 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10569 ++EnumVal; 10570 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10571 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10572 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10573 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10574 << EltTy; 10575 else 10576 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10577 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10578 } else { 10579 EltTy = T; 10580 } 10581 10582 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10583 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10584 // value, then increment. 10585 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10586 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10587 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10588 ++EnumVal; 10589 10590 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10591 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10592 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10593 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10594 // integral type. 10595 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10596 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10597 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10598 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10599 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10600 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10601 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10602 } 10603 } 10604 } 10605 10606 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10607 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10608 // enumerator's type. 10609 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10610 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10611 } 10612 10613 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10614 Val, EnumVal); 10615 } 10616 10617 10618 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10619 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10620 AttributeList *Attr, 10621 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10622 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10623 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10624 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10625 10626 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10627 // we find one that is. 10628 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10629 10630 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10631 // scope. 10632 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10633 ForRedeclaration); 10634 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10635 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10636 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10637 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10638 PrevDecl = 0; 10639 } 10640 10641 if (PrevDecl) { 10642 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10643 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10644 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10645 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10646 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10647 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10648 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10649 else 10650 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10651 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10652 return 0; 10653 } 10654 } 10655 10656 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10657 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10658 // different from T: 10659 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10660 // enumerated type 10661 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10662 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10663 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10664 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10665 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10666 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10667 10668 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10669 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10670 10671 if (New) { 10672 // Process attributes. 10673 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10674 10675 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10676 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10677 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10678 } 10679 10680 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 10681 10682 return New; 10683 } 10684 10685 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 10686 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 10687 // Element2 = Element1 10688 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 10689 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 10690 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 10691 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 10692 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10693 if (!InitExpr) 10694 return true; 10695 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10696 10697 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 10698 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 10699 return true; 10700 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 10701 if (!IL) 10702 return true; 10703 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 10704 return true; 10705 10706 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 10707 } 10708 10709 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 10710 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 10711 if (!DRE) 10712 return true; 10713 10714 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 10715 if (!EnumConstant) 10716 return true; 10717 10718 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 10719 Enum) 10720 return true; 10721 10722 return false; 10723 } 10724 10725 struct DupKey { 10726 int64_t val; 10727 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 10728 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 10729 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 10730 }; 10731 10732 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 10733 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 10734 false); 10735 } 10736 10737 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 10738 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 10739 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 10740 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 10741 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 10742 } 10743 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 10744 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 10745 LHS.val == RHS.val; 10746 } 10747 }; 10748 10749 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 10750 // a previous element has already been set to. 10751 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10752 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10753 QualType EnumType) { 10754 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 10755 Enum->getLocation()) == 10756 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10757 return; 10758 // Avoid anonymous enums 10759 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10760 return; 10761 10762 // Only check for small enums. 10763 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 10764 return; 10765 10766 typedef llvm::SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl*, 3> ECDVector; 10767 typedef llvm::SmallVector<ECDVector*, 3> DuplicatesVector; 10768 10769 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 10770 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 10771 ValueToVectorMap; 10772 10773 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 10774 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 10775 10776 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 10777 // an initialier. 10778 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10779 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10780 10781 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 10782 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 10783 if (!ECD) { 10784 return; 10785 } 10786 10787 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 10788 continue; 10789 10790 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10791 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10792 10793 // First time encountering this value. 10794 if (Entry.isNull()) 10795 Entry = ECD; 10796 } 10797 10798 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 10799 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10800 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10801 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 10802 continue; 10803 10804 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10805 10806 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10807 if (Entry.isNull()) 10808 continue; 10809 10810 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 10811 // Ensure constants are different. 10812 if (D == ECD) 10813 continue; 10814 10815 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 10816 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 10817 Vec->push_back(D); 10818 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10819 10820 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 10821 Entry = Vec; 10822 10823 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 10824 // diagnostics. 10825 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 10826 continue; 10827 } 10828 10829 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 10830 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 10831 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 10832 continue; 10833 10834 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10835 } 10836 10837 // Emit diagnostics. 10838 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 10839 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 10840 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 10841 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 10842 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 10843 10844 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 10845 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 10846 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 10847 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10848 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10849 ++I; 10850 10851 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 10852 // the same value. 10853 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 10854 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 10855 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10856 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10857 delete Vec; 10858 } 10859 } 10860 10861 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10862 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10863 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10864 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10865 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10866 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10867 10868 if (Attr) 10869 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10870 10871 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10872 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10873 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10874 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10875 if (!ECD) continue; 10876 10877 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10878 } 10879 10880 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10881 return; 10882 } 10883 10884 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10885 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10886 // emit a warning. 10887 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10888 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10889 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10890 10891 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10892 // reverse the list. 10893 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10894 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10895 10896 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10897 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10898 10899 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10900 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10901 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10902 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10903 10904 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10905 10906 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10907 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10908 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10909 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10910 else 10911 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10912 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10913 10914 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10915 if (AllElementsInt) 10916 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10917 } 10918 10919 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10920 QualType BestType; 10921 unsigned BestWidth; 10922 10923 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10924 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10925 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10926 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10927 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10928 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10929 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10930 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10931 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10932 QualType BestPromotionType; 10933 10934 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10935 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10936 // enum definitions. 10937 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10938 Packed = true; 10939 10940 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10941 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10942 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10943 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10944 else 10945 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10946 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10947 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10948 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10949 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10950 } 10951 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10952 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10953 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10954 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10955 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10956 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10957 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10958 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10959 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10960 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10961 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10962 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10963 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10964 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10965 } else { 10966 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10967 10968 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10969 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10970 } else { 10971 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10972 10973 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10974 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10975 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10976 } 10977 } 10978 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10979 } else { 10980 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10981 // all of the enumerator values. 10982 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10983 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10984 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10985 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10986 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10987 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10988 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10989 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10990 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10991 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10992 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10993 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10994 BestPromotionType 10995 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10996 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10997 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10998 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10999 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11000 BestPromotionType 11001 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11002 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11003 } else { 11004 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11005 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11006 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11007 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11008 BestPromotionType 11009 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11010 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11011 } 11012 } 11013 11014 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11015 // the type of the enum if needed. 11016 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11017 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11018 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11019 11020 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11021 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11022 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11023 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11024 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11025 11026 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11027 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11028 11029 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11030 // the enum decl type. 11031 QualType NewTy; 11032 unsigned NewWidth; 11033 bool NewSign; 11034 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11035 !Enum->isFixed() && 11036 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11037 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11038 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11039 NewSign = true; 11040 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11041 // Already the right type! 11042 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11043 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11044 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11045 // enumeration. 11046 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11047 continue; 11048 } else { 11049 NewTy = BestType; 11050 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11051 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11052 } 11053 11054 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11055 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11056 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11057 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11058 11059 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11060 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11061 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11062 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11063 CK_IntegralCast, 11064 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11065 /*base paths*/ 0, 11066 VK_RValue)); 11067 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11068 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11069 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11070 // enumeration. 11071 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11072 else 11073 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11074 } 11075 11076 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11077 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11078 11079 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11080 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11081 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11082 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11083 11084 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11085 } 11086 11087 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11088 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11089 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11090 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11091 11092 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11093 AsmString, StartLoc, 11094 EndLoc); 11095 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11096 return New; 11097 } 11098 11099 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11100 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11101 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11102 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11103 Module::AllVisible, 11104 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11105 if (!Mod) 11106 return true; 11107 11108 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11109 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11110 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11111 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11112 // We need the length to be consistent. 11113 if (!ModCheck) 11114 break; 11115 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11116 11117 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11118 } 11119 11120 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11121 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11122 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11123 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11124 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11125 return Import; 11126 } 11127 11128 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11129 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11130 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11131 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11132 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11133 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11134 LookupOrdinaryName); 11135 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11136 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11137 11138 if (PrevDecl) 11139 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11140 else 11141 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11142 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11143 } 11144 11145 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11146 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11147 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11148 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11149 11150 if (PrevDecl) { 11151 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11152 } else { 11153 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11154 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11155 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11156 } 11157 } 11158 11159 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11160 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11161 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11162 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11163 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11164 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11165 LookupOrdinaryName); 11166 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11167 11168 if (PrevDecl) { 11169 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11170 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11171 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11172 } else { 11173 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11174 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11175 } 11176 } 11177 11178 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11179 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11180 } 11181 11182 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11183 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11184 return D->getAvailability(); 11185 } 11186